freebsd-skq/sys/kern/vfs_subr.c

3480 lines
84 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*-
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
* (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
* All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
* to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
* Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
* the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)vfs_subr.c 8.31 (Berkeley) 5/26/95
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
/*
* External virtual filesystem routines
*/
2003-06-11 00:56:59 +00:00
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$");
1996-01-04 21:13:23 +00:00
#include "opt_ddb.h"
#include "opt_mac.h"
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/systm.h>
#include <sys/bio.h>
#include <sys/buf.h>
#include <sys/conf.h>
#include <sys/event.h>
#include <sys/eventhandler.h>
#include <sys/extattr.h>
#include <sys/fcntl.h>
#include <sys/kdb.h>
#include <sys/kernel.h>
#include <sys/kthread.h>
#include <sys/mac.h>
#include <sys/malloc.h>
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/mount.h>
#include <sys/namei.h>
#include <sys/reboot.h>
Switch the sleep/wakeup and condition variable implementations to use the sleep queue interface: - Sleep queues attempt to merge some of the benefits of both sleep queues and condition variables. Having sleep qeueus in a hash table avoids having to allocate a queue head for each wait channel. Thus, struct cv has shrunk down to just a single char * pointer now. However, the hash table does not hold threads directly, but queue heads. This means that once you have located a queue in the hash bucket, you no longer have to walk the rest of the hash chain looking for threads. Instead, you have a list of all the threads sleeping on that wait channel. - Outside of the sleepq code and the sleep/cv code the kernel no longer differentiates between cv's and sleep/wakeup. For example, calls to abortsleep() and cv_abort() are replaced with a call to sleepq_abort(). Thus, the TDF_CVWAITQ flag is removed. Also, calls to unsleep() and cv_waitq_remove() have been replaced with calls to sleepq_remove(). - The sched_sleep() function no longer accepts a priority argument as sleep's no longer inherently bump the priority. Instead, this is soley a propery of msleep() which explicitly calls sched_prio() before blocking. - The TDF_ONSLEEPQ flag has been dropped as it was never used. The associated TDF_SET_ONSLEEPQ and TDF_CLR_ON_SLEEPQ macros have also been dropped and replaced with a single explicit clearing of td_wchan. TD_SET_ONSLEEPQ() would really have only made sense if it had taken the wait channel and message as arguments anyway. Now that that only happens in one place, a macro would be overkill.
2004-02-27 18:52:44 +00:00
#include <sys/sleepqueue.h>
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
#include <sys/syslog.h>
#include <sys/vmmeter.h>
#include <sys/vnode.h>
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <machine/stdarg.h>
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <vm/vm.h>
#include <vm/vm_object.h>
#include <vm/vm_extern.h>
#include <vm/pmap.h>
#include <vm/vm_map.h>
#include <vm/vm_page.h>
#include <vm/vm_kern.h>
#include <vm/uma.h>
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
static MALLOC_DEFINE(M_NETADDR, "Export Host", "Export host address structure");
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
static void delmntque(struct vnode *vp);
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
static void insmntque(struct vnode *vp, struct mount *mp);
static void vlruvp(struct vnode *vp);
static int flushbuflist(struct bufv *bufv, int flags, struct bufobj *bo,
int slpflag, int slptimeo);
static void syncer_shutdown(void *arg, int howto);
static int vtryrecycle(struct vnode *vp);
static void vbusy(struct vnode *vp);
static void vdropl(struct vnode *vp);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
static void vinactive(struct vnode *, struct thread *);
static void v_incr_usecount(struct vnode *, int);
static void vfree(struct vnode *);
static void vnlru_free(int);
static void vdestroy(struct vnode *);
/*
* Enable Giant pushdown based on whether or not the vm is mpsafe in this
* build. Without mpsafevm the buffer cache can not run Giant free.
*/
#if defined(__alpha__) || defined(__amd64__) || defined(__i386__)
int mpsafe_vfs = 1;
#else
int mpsafe_vfs;
#endif
TUNABLE_INT("debug.mpsafevfs", &mpsafe_vfs);
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, mpsafevfs, CTLFLAG_RD, &mpsafe_vfs, 0,
"MPSAFE VFS");
/*
* Number of vnodes in existence. Increased whenever getnewvnode()
* allocates a new vnode, never decreased.
*/
1997-11-22 08:35:46 +00:00
static unsigned long numvnodes;
SYSCTL_LONG(_vfs, OID_AUTO, numvnodes, CTLFLAG_RD, &numvnodes, 0, "");
/*
* Conversion tables for conversion from vnode types to inode formats
* and back.
*/
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
enum vtype iftovt_tab[16] = {
VNON, VFIFO, VCHR, VNON, VDIR, VNON, VBLK, VNON,
VREG, VNON, VLNK, VNON, VSOCK, VNON, VNON, VBAD,
};
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
int vttoif_tab[9] = {
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
0, S_IFREG, S_IFDIR, S_IFBLK, S_IFCHR, S_IFLNK,
S_IFSOCK, S_IFIFO, S_IFMT,
};
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
/*
* List of vnodes that are ready for recycling.
*/
static TAILQ_HEAD(freelst, vnode) vnode_free_list;
/*
* Free vnode target. Free vnodes may simply be files which have been stat'd
* but not read. This is somewhat common, and a small cache of such files
* should be kept to avoid recreation costs.
*/
static u_long wantfreevnodes;
SYSCTL_LONG(_vfs, OID_AUTO, wantfreevnodes, CTLFLAG_RW, &wantfreevnodes, 0, "");
/* Number of vnodes in the free list. */
static u_long freevnodes;
SYSCTL_LONG(_vfs, OID_AUTO, freevnodes, CTLFLAG_RD, &freevnodes, 0, "");
/*
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
* Various variables used for debugging the new implementation of
* reassignbuf().
* XXX these are probably of (very) limited utility now.
*/
The buffer queue mechanism has been reformulated. Instead of having QUEUE_AGE, QUEUE_LRU, and QUEUE_EMPTY we instead have QUEUE_CLEAN, QUEUE_DIRTY, QUEUE_EMPTY, and QUEUE_EMPTYKVA. With this patch clean and dirty buffers have been separated. Empty buffers with KVM assignments have been separated from truely empty buffers. getnewbuf() has been rewritten and now operates in a 100% optimal fashion. That is, it is able to find precisely the right kind of buffer it needs to allocate a new buffer, defragment KVM, or to free-up an existing buffer when the buffer cache is full (which is a steady-state situation for the buffer cache). Buffer flushing has been reorganized. Previously buffers were flushed in the context of whatever process hit the conditions forcing buffer flushing to occur. This resulted in processes blocking on conditions unrelated to what they were doing. This also resulted in inappropriate VFS stacking chains due to multiple processes getting stuck trying to flush dirty buffers or due to a single process getting into a situation where it might attempt to flush buffers recursively - a situation that was only partially fixed in prior commits. We have added a new daemon called the buf_daemon which is responsible for flushing dirty buffers when the number of dirty buffers exceeds the vfs.hidirtybuffers limit. This daemon attempts to dynamically adjust the rate at which dirty buffers are flushed such that getnewbuf() calls (almost) never block. The number of nbufs and amount of buffer space is now scaled past the 8MB limit that was previously imposed for systems with over 64MB of memory, and the vfs.{lo,hi}dirtybuffers limits have been relaxed somewhat. The number of physical buffers has been increased with the intention that we will manage physical I/O differently in the future. reassignbuf previously attempted to keep the dirtyblkhd list sorted which could result in non-deterministic operation under certain conditions, such as when a large number of dirty buffers are being managed. This algorithm has been changed. reassignbuf now keeps buffers locally sorted if it can do so cheaply, and otherwise gives up and adds buffers to the head of the dirtyblkhd list. The new algorithm is deterministic but not perfect. The new algorithm greatly reduces problems that previously occured when write_behind was turned off in the system. The P_FLSINPROG proc->p_flag bit has been replaced by the more descriptive P_BUFEXHAUST bit. This bit allows processes working with filesystem buffers to use available emergency reserves. Normal processes do not set this bit and are not allowed to dig into emergency reserves. The purpose of this bit is to avoid low-memory deadlocks. A small race condition was fixed in getpbuf() in vm/vm_pager.c. Submitted by: Matthew Dillon <dillon@apollo.backplane.com> Reviewed by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>
1999-07-04 00:25:38 +00:00
static int reassignbufcalls;
SYSCTL_INT(_vfs, OID_AUTO, reassignbufcalls, CTLFLAG_RW, &reassignbufcalls, 0, "");
/*
* Cache for the mount type id assigned to NFS. This is used for
* special checks in nfs/nfs_nqlease.c and vm/vnode_pager.c.
*/
int nfs_mount_type = -1;
/* To keep more than one thread at a time from running vfs_getnewfsid */
static struct mtx mntid_mtx;
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
/*
* Lock for any access to the following:
* vnode_free_list
* numvnodes
* freevnodes
*/
static struct mtx vnode_free_list_mtx;
/* Publicly exported FS */
struct nfs_public nfs_pub;
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
/* Zone for allocation of new vnodes - used exclusively by getnewvnode() */
static uma_zone_t vnode_zone;
static uma_zone_t vnodepoll_zone;
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
/* Set to 1 to print out reclaim of active vnodes */
int prtactive;
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
/*
* The workitem queue.
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
*
* It is useful to delay writes of file data and filesystem metadata
* for tens of seconds so that quickly created and deleted files need
* not waste disk bandwidth being created and removed. To realize this,
* we append vnodes to a "workitem" queue. When running with a soft
* updates implementation, most pending metadata dependencies should
* not wait for more than a few seconds. Thus, mounted on block devices
* are delayed only about a half the time that file data is delayed.
* Similarly, directory updates are more critical, so are only delayed
* about a third the time that file data is delayed. Thus, there are
* SYNCER_MAXDELAY queues that are processed round-robin at a rate of
* one each second (driven off the filesystem syncer process). The
* syncer_delayno variable indicates the next queue that is to be processed.
* Items that need to be processed soon are placed in this queue:
*
* syncer_workitem_pending[syncer_delayno]
*
* A delay of fifteen seconds is done by placing the request fifteen
* entries later in the queue:
*
* syncer_workitem_pending[(syncer_delayno + 15) & syncer_mask]
*
*/
static int syncer_delayno;
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
static long syncer_mask;
LIST_HEAD(synclist, bufobj);
static struct synclist *syncer_workitem_pending;
/*
* The sync_mtx protects:
* bo->bo_synclist
* sync_vnode_count
* syncer_delayno
* syncer_state
* syncer_workitem_pending
* syncer_worklist_len
* rushjob
*/
static struct mtx sync_mtx;
#define SYNCER_MAXDELAY 32
1998-12-21 23:38:33 +00:00
static int syncer_maxdelay = SYNCER_MAXDELAY; /* maximum delay time */
static int syncdelay = 30; /* max time to delay syncing data */
static int filedelay = 30; /* time to delay syncing files */
SYSCTL_INT(_kern, OID_AUTO, filedelay, CTLFLAG_RW, &filedelay, 0, "");
static int dirdelay = 29; /* time to delay syncing directories */
SYSCTL_INT(_kern, OID_AUTO, dirdelay, CTLFLAG_RW, &dirdelay, 0, "");
static int metadelay = 28; /* time to delay syncing metadata */
SYSCTL_INT(_kern, OID_AUTO, metadelay, CTLFLAG_RW, &metadelay, 0, "");
static int rushjob; /* number of slots to run ASAP */
static int stat_rush_requests; /* number of times I/O speeded up */
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, rush_requests, CTLFLAG_RW, &stat_rush_requests, 0, "");
/*
* When shutting down the syncer, run it at four times normal speed.
*/
#define SYNCER_SHUTDOWN_SPEEDUP 4
static int sync_vnode_count;
static int syncer_worklist_len;
static enum { SYNCER_RUNNING, SYNCER_SHUTTING_DOWN, SYNCER_FINAL_DELAY }
syncer_state;
/*
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
* Number of vnodes we want to exist at any one time. This is mostly used
* to size hash tables in vnode-related code. It is normally not used in
* getnewvnode(), as wantfreevnodes is normally nonzero.)
*
* XXX desiredvnodes is historical cruft and should not exist.
*/
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
int desiredvnodes;
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
SYSCTL_INT(_kern, KERN_MAXVNODES, maxvnodes, CTLFLAG_RW,
&desiredvnodes, 0, "Maximum number of vnodes");
SYSCTL_INT(_kern, OID_AUTO, minvnodes, CTLFLAG_RW,
&wantfreevnodes, 0, "Minimum number of vnodes (legacy)");
static int vnlru_nowhere;
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, vnlru_nowhere, CTLFLAG_RW,
&vnlru_nowhere, 0, "Number of times the vnlru process ran without success");
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/* Hook for calling soft updates. */
int (*softdep_process_worklist_hook)(struct mount *);
/*
* Macros to control when a vnode is freed and recycled. All require
* the vnode interlock.
*/
#define VCANRECYCLE(vp) (((vp)->v_iflag & VI_FREE) && !(vp)->v_holdcnt)
#define VSHOULDFREE(vp) (!((vp)->v_iflag & VI_FREE) && !(vp)->v_holdcnt)
#define VSHOULDBUSY(vp) (((vp)->v_iflag & VI_FREE) && (vp)->v_holdcnt)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Initialize the vnode management data structures.
*/
2004-08-16 08:33:37 +00:00
#ifndef MAXVNODES_MAX
#define MAXVNODES_MAX 100000
#endif
static void
vntblinit(void *dummy __unused)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
/*
* Desiredvnodes is a function of the physical memory size and
* the kernel's heap size. Specifically, desiredvnodes scales
* in proportion to the physical memory size until two fifths
* of the kernel's heap size is consumed by vnodes and vm
* objects.
*/
desiredvnodes = min(maxproc + cnt.v_page_count / 4, 2 * vm_kmem_size /
(5 * (sizeof(struct vm_object) + sizeof(struct vnode))));
2004-08-16 08:33:37 +00:00
if (desiredvnodes > MAXVNODES_MAX) {
if (bootverbose)
printf("Reducing kern.maxvnodes %d -> %d\n",
2004-08-16 08:33:37 +00:00
desiredvnodes, MAXVNODES_MAX);
desiredvnodes = MAXVNODES_MAX;
}
wantfreevnodes = desiredvnodes / 4;
mtx_init(&mntid_mtx, "mntid", NULL, MTX_DEF);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
TAILQ_INIT(&vnode_free_list);
mtx_init(&vnode_free_list_mtx, "vnode_free_list", NULL, MTX_DEF);
vnode_zone = uma_zcreate("VNODE", sizeof (struct vnode), NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, UMA_ALIGN_PTR, UMA_ZONE_NOFREE);
vnodepoll_zone = uma_zcreate("VNODEPOLL", sizeof (struct vpollinfo),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, UMA_ALIGN_PTR, UMA_ZONE_NOFREE);
/*
* Initialize the filesystem syncer.
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
*/
syncer_workitem_pending = hashinit(syncer_maxdelay, M_VNODE,
&syncer_mask);
syncer_maxdelay = syncer_mask + 1;
mtx_init(&sync_mtx, "Syncer mtx", NULL, MTX_DEF);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
SYSINIT(vfs, SI_SUB_VFS, SI_ORDER_FIRST, vntblinit, NULL)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Mark a mount point as busy. Used to synchronize access and to delay
* unmounting. Interlock is not released on failure.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
int
vfs_busy(mp, flags, interlkp, td)
struct mount *mp;
int flags;
struct mtx *interlkp;
struct thread *td;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
int lkflags;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
if (mp->mnt_kern_flag & MNTK_UNMOUNT) {
if (flags & LK_NOWAIT) {
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
return (ENOENT);
}
if (interlkp)
mtx_unlock(interlkp);
mp->mnt_kern_flag |= MNTK_MWAIT;
/*
* Since all busy locks are shared except the exclusive
* lock granted when unmounting, the only place that a
* wakeup needs to be done is at the release of the
* exclusive lock at the end of dounmount.
*/
msleep(mp, MNT_MTX(mp), PVFS|PDROP, "vfs_busy", 0);
if (interlkp)
mtx_lock(interlkp);
return (ENOENT);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
if (interlkp)
mtx_unlock(interlkp);
lkflags = LK_SHARED | LK_INTERLOCK;
if (lockmgr(&mp->mnt_lock, lkflags, MNT_MTX(mp), td))
panic("vfs_busy: unexpected lock failure");
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (0);
}
/*
* Free a busy filesystem.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
void
vfs_unbusy(mp, td)
struct mount *mp;
struct thread *td;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
lockmgr(&mp->mnt_lock, LK_RELEASE, NULL, td);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Lookup a mount point by filesystem identifier.
*/
struct mount *
vfs_getvfs(fsid)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
fsid_t *fsid;
{
2005-01-28 12:39:10 +00:00
struct mount *mp;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&mountlist_mtx);
TAILQ_FOREACH(mp, &mountlist, mnt_list) {
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (mp->mnt_stat.f_fsid.val[0] == fsid->val[0] &&
mp->mnt_stat.f_fsid.val[1] == fsid->val[1]) {
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&mountlist_mtx);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (mp);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&mountlist_mtx);
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
return ((struct mount *) 0);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Check if a user can access priveledged mount options.
*/
int
vfs_suser(struct mount *mp, struct thread *td)
{
int error;
if ((mp->mnt_flag & MNT_USER) == 0 ||
mp->mnt_cred->cr_uid != td->td_ucred->cr_uid) {
if ((error = suser(td)) != 0)
return (error);
}
return (0);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Get a new unique fsid. Try to make its val[0] unique, since this value
* will be used to create fake device numbers for stat(). Also try (but
* not so hard) make its val[0] unique mod 2^16, since some emulators only
* support 16-bit device numbers. We end up with unique val[0]'s for the
* first 2^16 calls and unique val[0]'s mod 2^16 for the first 2^8 calls.
*
* Keep in mind that several mounts may be running in parallel. Starting
* the search one past where the previous search terminated is both a
* micro-optimization and a defense against returning the same fsid to
* different mounts.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
void
vfs_getnewfsid(mp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct mount *mp;
{
static u_int16_t mntid_base;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
fsid_t tfsid;
int mtype;
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&mntid_mtx);
mtype = mp->mnt_vfc->vfc_typenum;
tfsid.val[1] = mtype;
mtype = (mtype & 0xFF) << 24;
for (;;) {
tfsid.val[0] = makedev(255,
mtype | ((mntid_base & 0xFF00) << 8) | (mntid_base & 0xFF));
mntid_base++;
if (vfs_getvfs(&tfsid) == NULL)
break;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
mp->mnt_stat.f_fsid.val[0] = tfsid.val[0];
mp->mnt_stat.f_fsid.val[1] = tfsid.val[1];
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&mntid_mtx);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Knob to control the precision of file timestamps:
*
* 0 = seconds only; nanoseconds zeroed.
* 1 = seconds and nanoseconds, accurate within 1/HZ.
* 2 = seconds and nanoseconds, truncated to microseconds.
* >=3 = seconds and nanoseconds, maximum precision.
*/
enum { TSP_SEC, TSP_HZ, TSP_USEC, TSP_NSEC };
static int timestamp_precision = TSP_SEC;
SYSCTL_INT(_vfs, OID_AUTO, timestamp_precision, CTLFLAG_RW,
&timestamp_precision, 0, "");
/*
* Get a current timestamp.
*/
void
vfs_timestamp(tsp)
struct timespec *tsp;
{
struct timeval tv;
switch (timestamp_precision) {
case TSP_SEC:
tsp->tv_sec = time_second;
tsp->tv_nsec = 0;
break;
case TSP_HZ:
getnanotime(tsp);
break;
case TSP_USEC:
microtime(&tv);
TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC(&tv, tsp);
break;
case TSP_NSEC:
default:
nanotime(tsp);
break;
}
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Set vnode attributes to VNOVAL
*/
void
vattr_null(vap)
2005-01-28 12:39:10 +00:00
struct vattr *vap;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
vap->va_type = VNON;
vap->va_size = VNOVAL;
vap->va_bytes = VNOVAL;
vap->va_mode = VNOVAL;
vap->va_nlink = VNOVAL;
vap->va_uid = VNOVAL;
vap->va_gid = VNOVAL;
vap->va_fsid = VNOVAL;
vap->va_fileid = VNOVAL;
vap->va_blocksize = VNOVAL;
vap->va_rdev = VNOVAL;
vap->va_atime.tv_sec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_atime.tv_nsec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_mtime.tv_sec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_mtime.tv_nsec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_ctime.tv_sec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_ctime.tv_nsec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_birthtime.tv_sec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_birthtime.tv_nsec = VNOVAL;
vap->va_flags = VNOVAL;
vap->va_gen = VNOVAL;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
vap->va_vaflags = 0;
}
/*
* This routine is called when we have too many vnodes. It attempts
* to free <count> vnodes and will potentially free vnodes that still
* have VM backing store (VM backing store is typically the cause
* of a vnode blowout so we want to do this). Therefore, this operation
* is not considered cheap.
*
* A number of conditions may prevent a vnode from being reclaimed.
* the buffer cache may have references on the vnode, a directory
* vnode may still have references due to the namei cache representing
* underlying files, or the vnode may be in active use. It is not
* desireable to reuse such vnodes. These conditions may cause the
* number of vnodes to reach some minimum value regardless of what
* you set kern.maxvnodes to. Do not set kern.maxvnodes too low.
*/
static int
vlrureclaim(struct mount *mp)
{
struct vnode *vp;
int done;
int trigger;
int usevnodes;
int count;
/*
* Calculate the trigger point, don't allow user
* screwups to blow us up. This prevents us from
* recycling vnodes with lots of resident pages. We
* aren't trying to free memory, we are trying to
* free vnodes.
*/
usevnodes = desiredvnodes;
if (usevnodes <= 0)
usevnodes = 1;
trigger = cnt.v_page_count * 2 / usevnodes;
done = 0;
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
vn_start_write(NULL, &mp, V_WAIT);
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
count = mp->mnt_nvnodelistsize / 10 + 1;
while (count && (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp->mnt_nvnodelist)) != NULL) {
TAILQ_REMOVE(&mp->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes);
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&mp->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes);
if (vp->v_type != VNON &&
vp->v_type != VBAD &&
VI_TRYLOCK(vp)) {
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
/* critical path opt */
if (LIST_EMPTY(&(vp)->v_cache_src) &&
!(vp)->v_usecount &&
(vp->v_object == NULL ||
vp->v_object->resident_page_count < trigger)) {
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
struct thread *td;
td = curthread;
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VOP_LOCK(vp, LK_INTERLOCK|LK_EXCLUSIVE, td);
if ((vp->v_iflag & VI_DOOMED) == 0)
vgone(vp);
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
done++;
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
} else
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
}
--count;
}
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
vn_finished_write(mp);
return done;
}
/*
* Attempt to keep the free list at wantfreevnodes length.
*/
static void
vnlru_free(int count)
{
struct vnode *vp;
mtx_assert(&vnode_free_list_mtx, MA_OWNED);
for (; count > 0; count--) {
vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&vnode_free_list);
/*
* The list can be modified while the free_list_mtx
* has been dropped and vp could be NULL here.
*/
if (!vp)
break;
TAILQ_REMOVE(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
/*
* Don't recycle if we can't get the interlock.
*/
if (!VI_TRYLOCK(vp))
continue;
if (!VCANRECYCLE(vp)) {
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
continue;
}
/*
* We assume success to avoid having to relock the frelist
* in the common case, simply restore counts on failure.
*/
freevnodes--;
numvnodes--;
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
if (vtryrecycle(vp) != 0) {
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
freevnodes++;
numvnodes++;
continue;
}
vdestroy(vp);
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
}
}
/*
* Attempt to recycle vnodes in a context that is always safe to block.
2002-05-16 21:28:32 +00:00
* Calling vlrurecycle() from the bowels of filesystem code has some
* interesting deadlock problems.
*/
static struct proc *vnlruproc;
static int vnlruproc_sig;
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
static void
vnlru_proc(void)
{
struct mount *mp, *nmp;
int done;
struct proc *p = vnlruproc;
struct thread *td = FIRST_THREAD_IN_PROC(p);
mtx_lock(&Giant);
EVENTHANDLER_REGISTER(shutdown_pre_sync, kproc_shutdown, p,
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
SHUTDOWN_PRI_FIRST);
for (;;) {
kthread_suspend_check(p);
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
if (freevnodes > wantfreevnodes)
vnlru_free(freevnodes - wantfreevnodes);
if (numvnodes <= desiredvnodes * 9 / 10) {
vnlruproc_sig = 0;
wakeup(&vnlruproc_sig);
msleep(vnlruproc, &vnode_free_list_mtx,
PVFS|PDROP, "vlruwt", hz);
continue;
}
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
done = 0;
mtx_lock(&mountlist_mtx);
for (mp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mountlist); mp != NULL; mp = nmp) {
if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT, &mountlist_mtx, td)) {
nmp = TAILQ_NEXT(mp, mnt_list);
continue;
}
done += vlrureclaim(mp);
mtx_lock(&mountlist_mtx);
nmp = TAILQ_NEXT(mp, mnt_list);
vfs_unbusy(mp, td);
}
mtx_unlock(&mountlist_mtx);
if (done == 0) {
#if 0
/* These messages are temporary debugging aids */
if (vnlru_nowhere < 5)
printf("vnlru process getting nowhere..\n");
else if (vnlru_nowhere == 5)
printf("vnlru process messages stopped.\n");
#endif
vnlru_nowhere++;
tsleep(vnlruproc, PPAUSE, "vlrup", hz * 3);
}
}
}
static struct kproc_desc vnlru_kp = {
"vnlru",
vnlru_proc,
&vnlruproc
};
SYSINIT(vnlru, SI_SUB_KTHREAD_UPDATE, SI_ORDER_FIRST, kproc_start, &vnlru_kp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Routines having to do with the management of the vnode table.
*/
static void
vdestroy(struct vnode *vp)
{
struct bufobj *bo;
bo = &vp->v_bufobj;
VNASSERT(vp->v_data == NULL, vp, ("cleaned vnode isn't"));
VNASSERT(vp->v_usecount == 0, vp, ("Non-zero use count"));
VNASSERT(vp->v_writecount == 0, vp, ("Non-zero write count"));
VNASSERT(bo->bo_numoutput == 0, vp, ("Clean vnode has pending I/O's"));
VNASSERT(bo->bo_clean.bv_cnt == 0, vp, ("cleanbufcnt not 0"));
VNASSERT(bo->bo_clean.bv_root == NULL, vp, ("cleanblkroot not NULL"));
VNASSERT(bo->bo_dirty.bv_cnt == 0, vp, ("dirtybufcnt not 0"));
VNASSERT(bo->bo_dirty.bv_root == NULL, vp, ("dirtyblkroot not NULL"));
#ifdef MAC
mac_destroy_vnode(vp);
#endif
if (vp->v_pollinfo != NULL) {
knlist_destroy(&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_selinfo.si_note);
mtx_destroy(&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_lock);
uma_zfree(vnodepoll_zone, vp->v_pollinfo);
}
lockdestroy(vp->v_vnlock);
mtx_destroy(&vp->v_interlock);
uma_zfree(vnode_zone, vp);
}
/*
* Check to see if a free vnode can be recycled. If it can,
* recycle it and return it with the vnode interlock held.
*/
static int
vtryrecycle(struct vnode *vp)
{
struct thread *td = curthread;
struct mount *vnmp;
int error;
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(vp, "vtryrecycle");
error = 0;
/*
* This vnode may found and locked via some other list, if so we
* can't recycle it yet.
*/
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
if (VOP_LOCK(vp, LK_INTERLOCK | LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_NOWAIT, td) != 0)
return (EWOULDBLOCK);
/*
* Don't recycle if its filesystem is being suspended.
*/
if (vn_start_write(vp, &vnmp, V_NOWAIT) != 0) {
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
return (EBUSY);
}
/*
* If we got this far, we need to acquire the interlock and see if
* anyone picked up this vnode from another list. If not, we will
* mark it with DOOMED via vgonel() so that anyone who does find it
* will skip over it.
*/
VI_LOCK(vp);
if (!VCANRECYCLE(vp)) {
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
error = EBUSY;
goto done;
}
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
TAILQ_REMOVE(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
vp->v_iflag &= ~VI_FREE;
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
if ((vp->v_iflag & VI_DOOMED) == 0) {
vp->v_iflag |= VI_DOOMED;
vgonel(vp, td);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VI_LOCK(vp);
}
/*
* If someone ref'd the vnode while we were cleaning, we have to
* free it once the last ref is dropped.
*/
if (vp->v_holdcnt)
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
error = EBUSY;
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
done:
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
vn_finished_write(vnmp);
return (error);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Return the next vnode from the free list.
*/
int
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
getnewvnode(tag, mp, vops, vpp)
const char *tag;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct mount *mp;
struct vop_vector *vops;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct vnode **vpp;
{
struct vnode *vp = NULL;
struct bufobj *bo;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
/*
* Lend our context to reclaim vnodes if they've exceeded the max.
*/
if (freevnodes > wantfreevnodes)
vnlru_free(1);
/*
* Wait for available vnodes.
*/
if (numvnodes > desiredvnodes) {
if (vnlruproc_sig == 0) {
vnlruproc_sig = 1; /* avoid unnecessary wakeups */
wakeup(vnlruproc);
}
msleep(&vnlruproc_sig, &vnode_free_list_mtx, PVFS,
"vlruwk", hz);
if (numvnodes > desiredvnodes) {
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
return (ENFILE);
}
}
numvnodes++;
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
vp = (struct vnode *) uma_zalloc(vnode_zone, M_WAITOK|M_ZERO);
/*
* Setup locks.
*/
vp->v_vnlock = &vp->v_lock;
mtx_init(&vp->v_interlock, "vnode interlock", NULL, MTX_DEF);
/*
* By default, don't allow shared locks unless filesystems
* opt-in.
*/
lockinit(vp->v_vnlock, PVFS, tag, VLKTIMEOUT, LK_NOSHARE);
/*
* Initialize bufobj.
*/
bo = &vp->v_bufobj;
bo->__bo_vnode = vp;
bo->bo_mtx = &vp->v_interlock;
bo->bo_ops = &buf_ops_bio;
bo->bo_private = vp;
TAILQ_INIT(&bo->bo_clean.bv_hd);
TAILQ_INIT(&bo->bo_dirty.bv_hd);
/*
* Initialize namecache.
*/
LIST_INIT(&vp->v_cache_src);
TAILQ_INIT(&vp->v_cache_dst);
/*
* Finalize various vnode identity bits.
*/
vp->v_type = VNON;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
vp->v_tag = tag;
vp->v_op = vops;
v_incr_usecount(vp, 1);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
vp->v_data = 0;
#ifdef MAC
mac_init_vnode(vp);
if (mp != NULL && (mp->mnt_flag & MNT_MULTILABEL) == 0)
mac_associate_vnode_singlelabel(mp, vp);
else if (mp == NULL)
printf("NULL mp in getnewvnode()\n");
#endif
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
delmntque(vp);
if (mp != NULL) {
insmntque(vp, mp);
bo->bo_bsize = mp->mnt_stat.f_iosize;
}
*vpp = vp;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (0);
}
/*
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
* Delete from old mount point vnode list, if on one.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
1997-11-22 08:35:46 +00:00
static void
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
delmntque(struct vnode *vp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
struct mount *mp;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
if (vp->v_mount == NULL)
return;
mp = vp->v_mount;
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
vp->v_mount = NULL;
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(mp->mnt_nvnodelistsize > 0, vp,
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
("bad mount point vnode list size"));
TAILQ_REMOVE(&mp->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes);
mp->mnt_nvnodelistsize--;
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
}
/*
* Insert into list of vnodes for the new mount point, if available.
*/
static void
insmntque(struct vnode *vp, struct mount *mp)
{
vp->v_mount = mp;
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(mp != NULL, vp, ("Don't call insmntque(foo, NULL)"));
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount);
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&mp->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes);
mp->mnt_nvnodelistsize++;
MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Flush out and invalidate all buffers associated with a bufobj
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* Called with the underlying object locked.
*/
int
bufobj_invalbuf(struct bufobj *bo, int flags, struct thread *td, int slpflag, int slptimeo)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
int error;
BO_LOCK(bo);
if (flags & V_SAVE) {
error = bufobj_wwait(bo, slpflag, slptimeo);
if (error) {
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
return (error);
}
if (bo->bo_dirty.bv_cnt > 0) {
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
if ((error = BO_SYNC(bo, MNT_WAIT, td)) != 0)
return (error);
/*
* XXX We could save a lock/unlock if this was only
* enabled under INVARIANTS
*/
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_LOCK(bo);
if (bo->bo_numoutput > 0 || bo->bo_dirty.bv_cnt > 0)
panic("vinvalbuf: dirty bufs");
}
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
}
/*
* If you alter this loop please notice that interlock is dropped and
* reacquired in flushbuflist. Special care is needed to ensure that
* no race conditions occur from this.
*/
do {
error = flushbuflist(&bo->bo_clean,
flags, bo, slpflag, slptimeo);
if (error == 0)
error = flushbuflist(&bo->bo_dirty,
flags, bo, slpflag, slptimeo);
if (error != 0 && error != EAGAIN) {
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
return (error);
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
}
} while (error != 0);
/*
* Wait for I/O to complete. XXX needs cleaning up. The vnode can
* have write I/O in-progress but if there is a VM object then the
* VM object can also have read-I/O in-progress.
*/
do {
bufobj_wwait(bo, 0, 0);
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
if (bo->bo_object != NULL) {
VM_OBJECT_LOCK(bo->bo_object);
vm_object_pip_wait(bo->bo_object, "bovlbx");
VM_OBJECT_UNLOCK(bo->bo_object);
}
BO_LOCK(bo);
} while (bo->bo_numoutput > 0);
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
/*
* Destroy the copy in the VM cache, too.
*/
if (bo->bo_object != NULL) {
VM_OBJECT_LOCK(bo->bo_object);
vm_object_page_remove(bo->bo_object, 0, 0,
(flags & V_SAVE) ? TRUE : FALSE);
VM_OBJECT_UNLOCK(bo->bo_object);
}
#ifdef INVARIANTS
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_LOCK(bo);
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
if ((flags & (V_ALT | V_NORMAL)) == 0 &&
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
(bo->bo_dirty.bv_cnt > 0 || bo->bo_clean.bv_cnt > 0))
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
panic("vinvalbuf: flush failed");
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
#endif
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (0);
}
/*
* Flush out and invalidate all buffers associated with a vnode.
* Called with the underlying object locked.
*/
int
vinvalbuf(struct vnode *vp, int flags, struct thread *td, int slpflag, int slptimeo)
{
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "vinvalbuf");
return (bufobj_invalbuf(&vp->v_bufobj, flags, td, slpflag, slptimeo));
}
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
/*
* Flush out buffers on the specified list.
*
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
*/
static int
flushbuflist(bufv, flags, bo, slpflag, slptimeo)
struct bufv *bufv;
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
int flags;
struct bufobj *bo;
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
int slpflag, slptimeo;
{
struct buf *bp, *nbp;
int retval, error;
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
ASSERT_BO_LOCKED(bo);
retval = 0;
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(bp, &bufv->bv_hd, b_bobufs, nbp) {
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
if (((flags & V_NORMAL) && (bp->b_xflags & BX_ALTDATA)) ||
((flags & V_ALT) && (bp->b_xflags & BX_ALTDATA) == 0)) {
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
continue;
}
retval = EAGAIN;
error = BUF_TIMELOCK(bp,
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_SLEEPFAIL | LK_INTERLOCK, BO_MTX(bo),
"flushbuf", slpflag, slptimeo);
if (error) {
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_LOCK(bo);
return (error != ENOLCK ? error : EAGAIN);
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
}
KASSERT(bp->b_bufobj == bo,
("wrong b_bufobj %p should be %p", bp->b_bufobj, bo));
if (bp->b_bufobj != bo) { /* XXX: necessary ? */
BUF_UNLOCK(bp);
BO_LOCK(bo);
return (EAGAIN);
}
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
/*
* XXX Since there are no node locks for NFS, I
* believe there is a slight chance that a delayed
* write will occur while sleeping just above, so
* check for it.
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
*/
if (((bp->b_flags & (B_DELWRI | B_INVAL)) == B_DELWRI) &&
(flags & V_SAVE)) {
bremfree(bp);
bp->b_flags |= B_ASYNC;
bwrite(bp);
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_LOCK(bo);
return (EAGAIN); /* XXX: why not loop ? */
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
}
bremfree(bp);
bp->b_flags |= (B_INVAL | B_NOCACHE | B_RELBUF);
bp->b_flags &= ~B_ASYNC;
brelse(bp);
2005-01-11 10:16:39 +00:00
BO_LOCK(bo);
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
}
return (retval);
Add support to UFS2 to provide storage for extended attributes. As this code is not actually used by any of the existing interfaces, it seems unlikely to break anything (famous last words). The internal kernel interface to manipulate these attributes is invoked using two new IO_ flags: IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT. These flags may be specified in the ioflags word of VOP_READ, VOP_WRITE, and VOP_TRUNCATE. Specifying IO_NORMAL means that you want to do I/O to the normal data part of the file and IO_EXT means that you want to do I/O to the extended attributes part of the file. IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT are mutually exclusive for VOP_READ and VOP_WRITE, but may be specified individually or together in the case of VOP_TRUNCATE. For example, when removing a file, VOP_TRUNCATE is called with both IO_NORMAL and IO_EXT set. For backward compatibility, if neither IO_NORMAL nor IO_EXT is set, then IO_NORMAL is assumed. Note that the BA_ and IO_ flags have been `merged' so that they may both be used in the same flags word. This merger is possible by assigning the IO_ flags to the low sixteen bits and the BA_ flags the high sixteen bits. This works because the high sixteen bits of the IO_ word is reserved for read-ahead and help with write clustering so will never be used for flags. This merge lets us get away from code of the form: if (ioflags & IO_SYNC) flags |= BA_SYNC; For the future, I have considered adding a new field to the vattr structure, va_extsize. This addition could then be exported through the stat structure to allow applications to find out the size of the extended attribute storage and also would provide a more standard interface for truncating them (via VOP_SETATTR rather than VOP_TRUNCATE). I am also contemplating adding a pathconf parameter (for concreteness, lets call it _PC_MAX_EXTSIZE) which would let an application determine the maximum size of the extended atribute storage. Sponsored by: DARPA & NAI Labs.
2002-07-19 07:29:39 +00:00
}
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
/*
* Truncate a file's buffer and pages to a specified length. This
* is in lieu of the old vinvalbuf mechanism, which performed unneeded
* sync activity.
*/
int
vtruncbuf(struct vnode *vp, struct ucred *cred, struct thread *td, off_t length, int blksize)
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
{
struct buf *bp, *nbp;
int anyfreed;
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
int trunclbn;
struct bufobj *bo;
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
/*
* Round up to the *next* lbn.
*/
trunclbn = (length + blksize - 1) / blksize;
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "vtruncbuf");
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
restart:
VI_LOCK(vp);
bo = &vp->v_bufobj;
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
anyfreed = 1;
for (;anyfreed;) {
anyfreed = 0;
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(bp, &bo->bo_clean.bv_hd, b_bobufs, nbp) {
if (bp->b_lblkno < trunclbn)
continue;
if (BUF_LOCK(bp,
LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_SLEEPFAIL | LK_INTERLOCK,
VI_MTX(vp)) == ENOLCK)
goto restart;
bremfree(bp);
bp->b_flags |= (B_INVAL | B_RELBUF);
bp->b_flags &= ~B_ASYNC;
brelse(bp);
anyfreed = 1;
if (nbp != NULL &&
(((nbp->b_xflags & BX_VNCLEAN) == 0) ||
(nbp->b_vp != vp) ||
(nbp->b_flags & B_DELWRI))) {
goto restart;
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
}
VI_LOCK(vp);
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
}
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(bp, &bo->bo_dirty.bv_hd, b_bobufs, nbp) {
if (bp->b_lblkno < trunclbn)
continue;
if (BUF_LOCK(bp,
LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_SLEEPFAIL | LK_INTERLOCK,
VI_MTX(vp)) == ENOLCK)
goto restart;
bremfree(bp);
bp->b_flags |= (B_INVAL | B_RELBUF);
bp->b_flags &= ~B_ASYNC;
brelse(bp);
anyfreed = 1;
if (nbp != NULL &&
(((nbp->b_xflags & BX_VNDIRTY) == 0) ||
(nbp->b_vp != vp) ||
(nbp->b_flags & B_DELWRI) == 0)) {
goto restart;
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
}
VI_LOCK(vp);
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
}
}
if (length > 0) {
restartsync:
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(bp, &bo->bo_dirty.bv_hd, b_bobufs, nbp) {
if (bp->b_lblkno > 0)
continue;
/*
* Since we hold the vnode lock this should only
* fail if we're racing with the buf daemon.
*/
if (BUF_LOCK(bp,
LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_SLEEPFAIL | LK_INTERLOCK,
VI_MTX(vp)) == ENOLCK) {
goto restart;
}
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT((bp->b_flags & B_DELWRI), vp,
("buf(%p) on dirty queue without DELWRI", bp));
bremfree(bp);
bawrite(bp);
VI_LOCK(vp);
goto restartsync;
}
}
bufobj_wwait(bo, 0, 0);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
Some VM improvements, including elimination of alot of Sig-11 problems. Tor Egge and others have helped with various VM bugs lately, but don't blame him -- blame me!!! pmap.c: 1) Create an object for kernel page table allocations. This fixes a bogus allocation method previously used for such, by grabbing pages from the kernel object, using bogus pindexes. (This was a code cleanup, and perhaps a minor system stability issue.) pmap.c: 2) Pre-set the modify and accessed bits when prudent. This will decrease bus traffic under certain circumstances. vfs_bio.c, vfs_cluster.c: 3) Rather than calculating the beginning virtual byte offset multiple times, stick the offset into the buffer header, so that the calculated offset can be reused. (Long long multiplies are often expensive, and this is a probably unmeasurable performance improvement, and code cleanup.) vfs_bio.c: 4) Handle write recursion more intelligently (but not perfectly) so that it is less likely to cause a system panic, and is also much more robust. vfs_bio.c: 5) getblk incorrectly wrote out blocks that are incorrectly sized. The problem is fixed, and writes blocks out ONLY when B_DELWRI is true. vfs_bio.c: 6) Check that already constituted buffers have fully valid pages. If not, then make sure that the B_CACHE bit is not set. (This was a major source of Sig-11 type problems.) vfs_bio.c: 7) Fix a potential system deadlock due to an incorrectly specified sleep priority while waiting for a buffer write operation. The change that I made opens the system up to serious problems, and we need to examine the issue of process sleep priorities. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_bio.c: 8) Make clustered reads work more correctly (and more completely) when buffers are already constituted, but not fully valid. (This was another system reliability issue.) vfs_subr.c, ffs_inode.c: 9) Create a vtruncbuf function, which is used by filesystems that can truncate files. The vinvalbuf forced a file sync type operation, while vtruncbuf only invalidates the buffers past the new end of file, and also invalidates the appropriate pages. (This was a system reliabiliy and performance issue.) 10) Modify FFS to use vtruncbuf. vm_object.c: 11) Make the object rundown mechanism for OBJT_VNODE type objects work more correctly. Included in that fix, create pager entries for the OBJT_DEAD pager type, so that paging requests that might slip in during race conditions are properly handled. (This was a system reliability issue.) vm_page.c: 12) Make some of the page validation routines be a little less picky about arguments passed to them. Also, support page invalidation change the object generation count so that we handle generation counts a little more robustly. vm_pageout.c: 13) Further reduce pageout daemon activity when the system doesn't need help from it. There should be no additional performance decrease even when the pageout daemon is running. (This was a significant performance issue.) vnode_pager.c: 14) Teach the vnode pager to handle race conditions during vnode deallocations.
1998-03-16 01:56:03 +00:00
vnode_pager_setsize(vp, length);
return (0);
}
/*
* buf_splay() - splay tree core for the clean/dirty list of buffers in
* a vnode.
*
* NOTE: We have to deal with the special case of a background bitmap
* buffer, a situation where two buffers will have the same logical
* block offset. We want (1) only the foreground buffer to be accessed
* in a lookup and (2) must differentiate between the foreground and
* background buffer in the splay tree algorithm because the splay
* tree cannot normally handle multiple entities with the same 'index'.
* We accomplish this by adding differentiating flags to the splay tree's
* numerical domain.
*/
static
struct buf *
buf_splay(daddr_t lblkno, b_xflags_t xflags, struct buf *root)
{
struct buf dummy;
struct buf *lefttreemax, *righttreemin, *y;
if (root == NULL)
return (NULL);
lefttreemax = righttreemin = &dummy;
for (;;) {
if (lblkno < root->b_lblkno ||
(lblkno == root->b_lblkno &&
(xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER) < (root->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER))) {
if ((y = root->b_left) == NULL)
break;
if (lblkno < y->b_lblkno) {
/* Rotate right. */
root->b_left = y->b_right;
y->b_right = root;
root = y;
if ((y = root->b_left) == NULL)
break;
}
/* Link into the new root's right tree. */
righttreemin->b_left = root;
righttreemin = root;
} else if (lblkno > root->b_lblkno ||
(lblkno == root->b_lblkno &&
(xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER) > (root->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER))) {
if ((y = root->b_right) == NULL)
break;
if (lblkno > y->b_lblkno) {
/* Rotate left. */
root->b_right = y->b_left;
y->b_left = root;
root = y;
if ((y = root->b_right) == NULL)
break;
}
/* Link into the new root's left tree. */
lefttreemax->b_right = root;
lefttreemax = root;
} else {
break;
}
root = y;
}
/* Assemble the new root. */
lefttreemax->b_right = root->b_left;
righttreemin->b_left = root->b_right;
root->b_left = dummy.b_right;
root->b_right = dummy.b_left;
return (root);
}
static void
buf_vlist_remove(struct buf *bp)
{
struct buf *root;
struct bufv *bv;
KASSERT(bp->b_bufobj != NULL, ("No b_bufobj %p", bp));
ASSERT_BO_LOCKED(bp->b_bufobj);
if (bp->b_xflags & BX_VNDIRTY)
bv = &bp->b_bufobj->bo_dirty;
else
bv = &bp->b_bufobj->bo_clean;
if (bp != bv->bv_root) {
root = buf_splay(bp->b_lblkno, bp->b_xflags, bv->bv_root);
KASSERT(root == bp, ("splay lookup failed in remove"));
}
if (bp->b_left == NULL) {
root = bp->b_right;
} else {
root = buf_splay(bp->b_lblkno, bp->b_xflags, bp->b_left);
root->b_right = bp->b_right;
}
bv->bv_root = root;
TAILQ_REMOVE(&bv->bv_hd, bp, b_bobufs);
bv->bv_cnt--;
bp->b_xflags &= ~(BX_VNDIRTY | BX_VNCLEAN);
}
/*
* Add the buffer to the sorted clean or dirty block list using a
* splay tree algorithm.
*
* NOTE: xflags is passed as a constant, optimizing this inline function!
*/
static void
buf_vlist_add(struct buf *bp, struct bufobj *bo, b_xflags_t xflags)
{
struct buf *root;
struct bufv *bv;
ASSERT_BO_LOCKED(bo);
bp->b_xflags |= xflags;
if (xflags & BX_VNDIRTY)
bv = &bo->bo_dirty;
else
bv = &bo->bo_clean;
root = buf_splay(bp->b_lblkno, bp->b_xflags, bv->bv_root);
if (root == NULL) {
bp->b_left = NULL;
bp->b_right = NULL;
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&bv->bv_hd, bp, b_bobufs);
} else if (bp->b_lblkno < root->b_lblkno ||
(bp->b_lblkno == root->b_lblkno &&
(bp->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER) < (root->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER))) {
bp->b_left = root->b_left;
bp->b_right = root;
root->b_left = NULL;
TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(root, bp, b_bobufs);
} else {
bp->b_right = root->b_right;
bp->b_left = root;
root->b_right = NULL;
TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&bv->bv_hd, root, bp, b_bobufs);
}
bv->bv_cnt++;
bv->bv_root = bp;
}
/*
* Lookup a buffer using the splay tree. Note that we specifically avoid
* shadow buffers used in background bitmap writes.
*
* This code isn't quite efficient as it could be because we are maintaining
* two sorted lists and do not know which list the block resides in.
*
* During a "make buildworld" the desired buffer is found at one of
* the roots more than 60% of the time. Thus, checking both roots
* before performing either splay eliminates unnecessary splays on the
* first tree splayed.
*/
struct buf *
gbincore(struct bufobj *bo, daddr_t lblkno)
{
struct buf *bp;
ASSERT_BO_LOCKED(bo);
if ((bp = bo->bo_clean.bv_root) != NULL &&
bp->b_lblkno == lblkno && !(bp->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER))
return (bp);
if ((bp = bo->bo_dirty.bv_root) != NULL &&
bp->b_lblkno == lblkno && !(bp->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER))
return (bp);
if ((bp = bo->bo_clean.bv_root) != NULL) {
bo->bo_clean.bv_root = bp = buf_splay(lblkno, 0, bp);
if (bp->b_lblkno == lblkno && !(bp->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER))
return (bp);
}
if ((bp = bo->bo_dirty.bv_root) != NULL) {
bo->bo_dirty.bv_root = bp = buf_splay(lblkno, 0, bp);
if (bp->b_lblkno == lblkno && !(bp->b_xflags & BX_BKGRDMARKER))
return (bp);
}
return (NULL);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Associate a buffer with a vnode.
*/
void
bgetvp(struct vnode *vp, struct buf *bp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(bp->b_vp == NULL, bp->b_vp, ("bgetvp: not free"));
1999-01-10 01:58:29 +00:00
CTR3(KTR_BUF, "bgetvp(%p) vp %p flags %X", bp, vp, bp->b_flags);
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT((bp->b_xflags & (BX_VNDIRTY|BX_VNCLEAN)) == 0, vp,
("bgetvp: bp already attached! %p", bp));
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(vp, "bgetvp");
vholdl(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
bp->b_vp = vp;
bp->b_bufobj = &vp->v_bufobj;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Insert onto list for new vnode.
*/
buf_vlist_add(bp, &vp->v_bufobj, BX_VNCLEAN);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Disassociate a buffer from a vnode.
*/
void
brelvp(struct buf *bp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
struct bufobj *bo;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct vnode *vp;
CTR3(KTR_BUF, "brelvp(%p) vp %p flags %X", bp, bp->b_vp, bp->b_flags);
KASSERT(bp->b_vp != NULL, ("brelvp: NULL"));
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Delete from old vnode list, if on one.
*/
vp = bp->b_vp; /* XXX */
bo = bp->b_bufobj;
BO_LOCK(bo);
if (bp->b_xflags & (BX_VNDIRTY | BX_VNCLEAN))
buf_vlist_remove(bp);
if ((bo->bo_flag & BO_ONWORKLST) && bo->bo_dirty.bv_cnt == 0) {
bo->bo_flag &= ~BO_ONWORKLST;
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
LIST_REMOVE(bo, bo_synclist);
syncer_worklist_len--;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
}
vdropl(vp);
bp->b_vp = NULL;
bp->b_bufobj = NULL;
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Add an item to the syncer work queue.
*/
static void
vn_syncer_add_to_worklist(struct bufobj *bo, int delay)
{
int slot;
ASSERT_BO_LOCKED(bo);
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
if (bo->bo_flag & BO_ONWORKLST)
LIST_REMOVE(bo, bo_synclist);
else {
bo->bo_flag |= BO_ONWORKLST;
syncer_worklist_len++;
}
if (delay > syncer_maxdelay - 2)
delay = syncer_maxdelay - 2;
slot = (syncer_delayno + delay) & syncer_mask;
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&syncer_workitem_pending[slot], bo, bo_synclist);
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
}
static int
sysctl_vfs_worklist_len(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
int error, len;
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
len = syncer_worklist_len - sync_vnode_count;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, &len, sizeof(len));
return (error);
}
SYSCTL_PROC(_vfs, OID_AUTO, worklist_len, CTLTYPE_INT | CTLFLAG_RD, NULL, 0,
sysctl_vfs_worklist_len, "I", "Syncer thread worklist length");
struct proc *updateproc;
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
static void sched_sync(void);
static struct kproc_desc up_kp = {
"syncer",
sched_sync,
&updateproc
};
SYSINIT(syncer, SI_SUB_KTHREAD_UPDATE, SI_ORDER_FIRST, kproc_start, &up_kp)
static int
sync_vnode(struct bufobj *bo, struct thread *td)
{
struct vnode *vp;
struct mount *mp;
vp = bo->__bo_vnode; /* XXX */
if (VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, NULL) != 0)
return (1);
if (VI_TRYLOCK(vp) == 0)
return (1);
/*
* We use vhold in case the vnode does not
* successfully sync. vhold prevents the vnode from
* going away when we unlock the sync_mtx so that
* we can acquire the vnode interlock.
*/
vholdl(vp);
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
if (vn_start_write(vp, &mp, V_NOWAIT) != 0) {
vdrop(vp);
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
return (1);
}
vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY, td);
(void) VOP_FSYNC(vp, MNT_LAZY, td);
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
vn_finished_write(mp);
VI_LOCK(vp);
if ((bo->bo_flag & BO_ONWORKLST) != 0) {
/*
* Put us back on the worklist. The worklist
* routine will remove us from our current
* position and then add us back in at a later
* position.
*/
vn_syncer_add_to_worklist(bo, syncdelay);
}
vdropl(vp);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
return (0);
}
/*
* System filesystem synchronizer daemon.
*/
static void
sched_sync(void)
{
struct synclist *next;
struct synclist *slp;
struct bufobj *bo;
long starttime;
struct thread *td = FIRST_THREAD_IN_PROC(updateproc);
static int dummychan;
int last_work_seen;
int net_worklist_len;
int syncer_final_iter;
2004-07-15 04:29:48 +00:00
int first_printf;
int error;
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&Giant);
last_work_seen = 0;
syncer_final_iter = 0;
2004-07-15 04:29:48 +00:00
first_printf = 1;
syncer_state = SYNCER_RUNNING;
starttime = time_second;
EVENTHANDLER_REGISTER(shutdown_pre_sync, syncer_shutdown, td->td_proc,
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
SHUTDOWN_PRI_LAST);
for (;;) {
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
if (syncer_state == SYNCER_FINAL_DELAY &&
syncer_final_iter == 0) {
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
kthread_suspend_check(td->td_proc);
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
}
net_worklist_len = syncer_worklist_len - sync_vnode_count;
2004-07-15 04:29:48 +00:00
if (syncer_state != SYNCER_RUNNING &&
starttime != time_second) {
if (first_printf) {
printf("\nSyncing disks, vnodes remaining...");
2004-07-15 04:29:48 +00:00
first_printf = 0;
}
printf("%d ", net_worklist_len);
2004-07-15 04:29:48 +00:00
}
starttime = time_second;
/*
* Push files whose dirty time has expired. Be careful
* of interrupt race on slp queue.
*
* Skip over empty worklist slots when shutting down.
*/
do {
slp = &syncer_workitem_pending[syncer_delayno];
syncer_delayno += 1;
if (syncer_delayno == syncer_maxdelay)
syncer_delayno = 0;
next = &syncer_workitem_pending[syncer_delayno];
/*
* If the worklist has wrapped since the
* it was emptied of all but syncer vnodes,
* switch to the FINAL_DELAY state and run
* for one more second.
*/
if (syncer_state == SYNCER_SHUTTING_DOWN &&
net_worklist_len == 0 &&
last_work_seen == syncer_delayno) {
syncer_state = SYNCER_FINAL_DELAY;
syncer_final_iter = SYNCER_SHUTDOWN_SPEEDUP;
}
} while (syncer_state != SYNCER_RUNNING && LIST_EMPTY(slp) &&
syncer_worklist_len > 0);
/*
* Keep track of the last time there was anything
* on the worklist other than syncer vnodes.
* Return to the SHUTTING_DOWN state if any
* new work appears.
*/
if (net_worklist_len > 0 || syncer_state == SYNCER_RUNNING)
last_work_seen = syncer_delayno;
if (net_worklist_len > 0 && syncer_state == SYNCER_FINAL_DELAY)
syncer_state = SYNCER_SHUTTING_DOWN;
while ((bo = LIST_FIRST(slp)) != NULL) {
error = sync_vnode(bo, td);
if (error == 1) {
LIST_REMOVE(bo, bo_synclist);
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(next, bo, bo_synclist);
continue;
}
}
if (syncer_state == SYNCER_FINAL_DELAY && syncer_final_iter > 0)
syncer_final_iter--;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
/*
* Do soft update processing.
*/
if (softdep_process_worklist_hook != NULL)
(*softdep_process_worklist_hook)(NULL);
/*
* The variable rushjob allows the kernel to speed up the
* processing of the filesystem syncer process. A rushjob
* value of N tells the filesystem syncer to process the next
* N seconds worth of work on its queue ASAP. Currently rushjob
* is used by the soft update code to speed up the filesystem
* syncer process when the incore state is getting so far
* ahead of the disk that the kernel memory pool is being
* threatened with exhaustion.
*/
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
if (rushjob > 0) {
rushjob -= 1;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
continue;
}
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
/*
* Just sleep for a short period if time between
* iterations when shutting down to allow some I/O
* to happen.
*
* If it has taken us less than a second to process the
* current work, then wait. Otherwise start right over
* again. We can still lose time if any single round
* takes more than two seconds, but it does not really
* matter as we are just trying to generally pace the
* filesystem activity.
*/
if (syncer_state != SYNCER_RUNNING)
tsleep(&dummychan, PPAUSE, "syncfnl",
hz / SYNCER_SHUTDOWN_SPEEDUP);
else if (time_second == starttime)
tsleep(&lbolt, PPAUSE, "syncer", 0);
}
}
/*
* Request the syncer daemon to speed up its work.
* We never push it to speed up more than half of its
* normal turn time, otherwise it could take over the cpu.
*/
int
speedup_syncer()
{
struct thread *td;
int ret = 0;
td = FIRST_THREAD_IN_PROC(updateproc);
Switch the sleep/wakeup and condition variable implementations to use the sleep queue interface: - Sleep queues attempt to merge some of the benefits of both sleep queues and condition variables. Having sleep qeueus in a hash table avoids having to allocate a queue head for each wait channel. Thus, struct cv has shrunk down to just a single char * pointer now. However, the hash table does not hold threads directly, but queue heads. This means that once you have located a queue in the hash bucket, you no longer have to walk the rest of the hash chain looking for threads. Instead, you have a list of all the threads sleeping on that wait channel. - Outside of the sleepq code and the sleep/cv code the kernel no longer differentiates between cv's and sleep/wakeup. For example, calls to abortsleep() and cv_abort() are replaced with a call to sleepq_abort(). Thus, the TDF_CVWAITQ flag is removed. Also, calls to unsleep() and cv_waitq_remove() have been replaced with calls to sleepq_remove(). - The sched_sleep() function no longer accepts a priority argument as sleep's no longer inherently bump the priority. Instead, this is soley a propery of msleep() which explicitly calls sched_prio() before blocking. - The TDF_ONSLEEPQ flag has been dropped as it was never used. The associated TDF_SET_ONSLEEPQ and TDF_CLR_ON_SLEEPQ macros have also been dropped and replaced with a single explicit clearing of td_wchan. TD_SET_ONSLEEPQ() would really have only made sense if it had taken the wait channel and message as arguments anyway. Now that that only happens in one place, a macro would be overkill.
2004-02-27 18:52:44 +00:00
sleepq_remove(td, &lbolt);
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
if (rushjob < syncdelay / 2) {
rushjob += 1;
stat_rush_requests += 1;
ret = 1;
}
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
return (ret);
}
/*
* Tell the syncer to speed up its work and run though its work
* list several times, then tell it to shut down.
*/
static void
syncer_shutdown(void *arg, int howto)
{
struct thread *td;
if (howto & RB_NOSYNC)
return;
td = FIRST_THREAD_IN_PROC(updateproc);
sleepq_remove(td, &lbolt);
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
syncer_state = SYNCER_SHUTTING_DOWN;
rushjob = 0;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
kproc_shutdown(arg, howto);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Reassign a buffer from one vnode to another.
* Used to assign file specific control information
* (indirect blocks) to the vnode to which they belong.
*/
void
reassignbuf(struct buf *bp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
struct vnode *vp;
struct bufobj *bo;
int delay;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
vp = bp->b_vp;
bo = bp->b_bufobj;
The buffer queue mechanism has been reformulated. Instead of having QUEUE_AGE, QUEUE_LRU, and QUEUE_EMPTY we instead have QUEUE_CLEAN, QUEUE_DIRTY, QUEUE_EMPTY, and QUEUE_EMPTYKVA. With this patch clean and dirty buffers have been separated. Empty buffers with KVM assignments have been separated from truely empty buffers. getnewbuf() has been rewritten and now operates in a 100% optimal fashion. That is, it is able to find precisely the right kind of buffer it needs to allocate a new buffer, defragment KVM, or to free-up an existing buffer when the buffer cache is full (which is a steady-state situation for the buffer cache). Buffer flushing has been reorganized. Previously buffers were flushed in the context of whatever process hit the conditions forcing buffer flushing to occur. This resulted in processes blocking on conditions unrelated to what they were doing. This also resulted in inappropriate VFS stacking chains due to multiple processes getting stuck trying to flush dirty buffers or due to a single process getting into a situation where it might attempt to flush buffers recursively - a situation that was only partially fixed in prior commits. We have added a new daemon called the buf_daemon which is responsible for flushing dirty buffers when the number of dirty buffers exceeds the vfs.hidirtybuffers limit. This daemon attempts to dynamically adjust the rate at which dirty buffers are flushed such that getnewbuf() calls (almost) never block. The number of nbufs and amount of buffer space is now scaled past the 8MB limit that was previously imposed for systems with over 64MB of memory, and the vfs.{lo,hi}dirtybuffers limits have been relaxed somewhat. The number of physical buffers has been increased with the intention that we will manage physical I/O differently in the future. reassignbuf previously attempted to keep the dirtyblkhd list sorted which could result in non-deterministic operation under certain conditions, such as when a large number of dirty buffers are being managed. This algorithm has been changed. reassignbuf now keeps buffers locally sorted if it can do so cheaply, and otherwise gives up and adds buffers to the head of the dirtyblkhd list. The new algorithm is deterministic but not perfect. The new algorithm greatly reduces problems that previously occured when write_behind was turned off in the system. The P_FLSINPROG proc->p_flag bit has been replaced by the more descriptive P_BUFEXHAUST bit. This bit allows processes working with filesystem buffers to use available emergency reserves. Normal processes do not set this bit and are not allowed to dig into emergency reserves. The purpose of this bit is to avoid low-memory deadlocks. A small race condition was fixed in getpbuf() in vm/vm_pager.c. Submitted by: Matthew Dillon <dillon@apollo.backplane.com> Reviewed by: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@mckusick.com>
1999-07-04 00:25:38 +00:00
++reassignbufcalls;
CTR3(KTR_BUF, "reassignbuf(%p) vp %p flags %X",
bp, bp->b_vp, bp->b_flags);
/*
* B_PAGING flagged buffers cannot be reassigned because their vp
* is not fully linked in.
*/
if (bp->b_flags & B_PAGING)
panic("cannot reassign paging buffer");
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Delete from old vnode list, if on one.
*/
VI_LOCK(vp);
if (bp->b_xflags & (BX_VNDIRTY | BX_VNCLEAN))
buf_vlist_remove(bp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
* If dirty, put on list of dirty buffers; otherwise insert onto list
* of clean buffers.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
if (bp->b_flags & B_DELWRI) {
if ((bo->bo_flag & BO_ONWORKLST) == 0) {
switch (vp->v_type) {
case VDIR:
delay = dirdelay;
break;
case VCHR:
delay = metadelay;
break;
default:
delay = filedelay;
}
vn_syncer_add_to_worklist(bo, delay);
}
buf_vlist_add(bp, bo, BX_VNDIRTY);
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
} else {
buf_vlist_add(bp, bo, BX_VNCLEAN);
if ((bo->bo_flag & BO_ONWORKLST) && bo->bo_dirty.bv_cnt == 0) {
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
LIST_REMOVE(bo, bo_synclist);
syncer_worklist_len--;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
bo->bo_flag &= ~BO_ONWORKLST;
}
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
}
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
static void
v_incr_usecount(struct vnode *vp, int delta)
{
vp->v_usecount += delta;
vp->v_holdcnt += delta;
if (vp->v_type == VCHR && vp->v_rdev != NULL) {
dev_lock();
vp->v_rdev->si_usecount += delta;
dev_unlock();
}
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Grab a particular vnode from the free list, increment its
* reference count and lock it. The vnode lock bit is set if the
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* vnode is being eliminated in vgone. The process is awakened
* when the transition is completed, and an error returned to
* indicate that the vnode is no longer usable (possibly having
2002-05-16 21:28:32 +00:00
* been changed to a new filesystem type).
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
int
vget(vp, flags, td)
2005-01-28 12:39:10 +00:00
struct vnode *vp;
int flags;
struct thread *td;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
int oweinact;
int oldflags;
int error;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
error = 0;
oldflags = flags;
oweinact = 0;
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
if ((flags & LK_INTERLOCK) == 0)
VI_LOCK(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* If the inactive call was deferred because vput() was called
* with a shared lock, we have to do it here before another thread
* gets a reference to data that should be dead.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (vp->v_iflag & VI_OWEINACT) {
if (flags & LK_NOWAIT) {
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
return (EBUSY);
}
flags &= ~LK_TYPE_MASK;
flags |= LK_EXCLUSIVE;
oweinact = 1;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
v_incr_usecount(vp, 1);
if (VSHOULDBUSY(vp))
vbusy(vp);
if ((error = vn_lock(vp, flags | LK_INTERLOCK, td)) != 0) {
VI_LOCK(vp);
/*
* must expand vrele here because we do not want
* to call VOP_INACTIVE if the reference count
* drops back to zero since it was never really
* active.
*/
v_incr_usecount(vp, -1);
if (VSHOULDFREE(vp))
vfree(vp);
else
vlruvp(vp);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
return (error);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
}
if (vp->v_iflag & VI_DOOMED && (flags & LK_RETRY) == 0)
panic("vget: vn_lock failed to return ENOENT\n");
if (oweinact) {
VI_LOCK(vp);
if (vp->v_iflag & VI_OWEINACT)
vinactive(vp, td);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
if ((oldflags & LK_TYPE_MASK) == 0)
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
}
return (0);
}
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
/*
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
* Increase the reference count of a vnode.
*/
void
vref(struct vnode *vp)
{
VI_LOCK(vp);
v_incr_usecount(vp, 1);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
}
/*
* Return reference count of a vnode.
*
* The results of this call are only guaranteed when some mechanism other
* than the VI lock is used to stop other processes from gaining references
* to the vnode. This may be the case if the caller holds the only reference.
* This is also useful when stale data is acceptable as race conditions may
* be accounted for by some other means.
*/
int
vrefcnt(struct vnode *vp)
{
int usecnt;
VI_LOCK(vp);
usecnt = vp->v_usecount;
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
return (usecnt);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Vnode put/release.
* If count drops to zero, call inactive routine and return to freelist.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
void
vrele(vp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct vnode *vp;
{
struct thread *td = curthread; /* XXX */
1999-01-10 01:58:29 +00:00
KASSERT(vp != NULL, ("vrele: null vp"));
VI_LOCK(vp);
/* Skip this v_writecount check if we're going to panic below. */
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(vp->v_writecount < vp->v_usecount || vp->v_usecount < 1, vp,
("vrele: missed vn_close"));
if (vp->v_usecount > 1 || ((vp->v_iflag & VI_DOINGINACT) &&
vp->v_usecount == 1)) {
v_incr_usecount(vp, -1);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
return;
}
if (vp->v_usecount != 1) {
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
vprint("vrele: negative ref count", vp);
#endif
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
panic("vrele: negative ref cnt");
}
v_incr_usecount(vp, -1);
/*
* We must call VOP_INACTIVE with the node locked. Mark
* as VI_DOINGINACT to avoid recursion.
*/
if (vn_lock(vp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_INTERLOCK, td) == 0) {
VI_LOCK(vp);
vinactive(vp, td);
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
} else
VI_LOCK(vp);
if (VSHOULDFREE(vp))
vfree(vp);
else
vlruvp(vp);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
/*
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
* Release an already locked vnode. This give the same effects as
* unlock+vrele(), but takes less time and avoids releasing and
* re-aquiring the lock (as vrele() aquires the lock internally.)
*/
void
vput(vp)
struct vnode *vp;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
struct thread *td = curthread; /* XXX */
int error;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
KASSERT(vp != NULL, ("vput: null vp"));
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "vput");
VI_LOCK(vp);
/* Skip this v_writecount check if we're going to panic below. */
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(vp->v_writecount < vp->v_usecount || vp->v_usecount < 1, vp,
("vput: missed vn_close"));
error = 0;
if (vp->v_usecount > 1 || ((vp->v_iflag & VI_DOINGINACT) &&
vp->v_usecount == 1)) {
v_incr_usecount(vp, -1);
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, LK_INTERLOCK, td);
return;
}
if (vp->v_usecount != 1) {
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
vprint("vput: negative ref count", vp);
#endif
panic("vput: negative ref cnt");
}
v_incr_usecount(vp, -1);
vp->v_iflag |= VI_OWEINACT;
if (VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, NULL) != LK_EXCLUSIVE) {
error = VOP_LOCK(vp, LK_EXCLUPGRADE|LK_INTERLOCK|LK_NOWAIT, td);
VI_LOCK(vp);
if (error)
goto done;
}
if (vp->v_iflag & VI_OWEINACT)
vinactive(vp, td);
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
done:
if (VSHOULDFREE(vp))
vfree(vp);
else
vlruvp(vp);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Somebody doesn't want the vnode recycled.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
void
vhold(struct vnode *vp)
{
VI_LOCK(vp);
vholdl(vp);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
}
void
vholdl(struct vnode *vp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
vp->v_holdcnt++;
if (VSHOULDBUSY(vp))
vbusy(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
2000-10-05 18:22:46 +00:00
* Note that there is one less who cares about this vnode. vdrop() is the
* opposite of vhold().
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
void
vdrop(struct vnode *vp)
{
VI_LOCK(vp);
vdropl(vp);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
}
static void
vdropl(struct vnode *vp)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (vp->v_holdcnt <= 0)
panic("vdrop: holdcnt %d", vp->v_holdcnt);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
vp->v_holdcnt--;
if (VSHOULDFREE(vp))
vfree(vp);
else
vlruvp(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
static void
vinactive(struct vnode *vp, struct thread *td)
{
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "vinactive");
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(vp, "vinactive");
VNASSERT((vp->v_iflag & VI_DOINGINACT) == 0, vp,
("vinactive: recursed on VI_DOINGINACT"));
vp->v_iflag |= VI_DOINGINACT;
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
VOP_INACTIVE(vp, td);
VI_LOCK(vp);
VNASSERT(vp->v_iflag & VI_DOINGINACT, vp,
("vinactive: lost VI_DOINGINACT"));
vp->v_iflag &= ~(VI_DOINGINACT|VI_OWEINACT);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Remove any vnodes in the vnode table belonging to mount point mp.
*
* If FORCECLOSE is not specified, there should not be any active ones,
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* return error if any are found (nb: this is a user error, not a
* system error). If FORCECLOSE is specified, detach any active vnodes
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* that are found.
*
* If WRITECLOSE is set, only flush out regular file vnodes open for
* writing.
*
* SKIPSYSTEM causes any vnodes marked VV_SYSTEM to be skipped.
*
* `rootrefs' specifies the base reference count for the root vnode
* of this filesystem. The root vnode is considered busy if its
* v_usecount exceeds this value. On a successful return, vflush(, td)
* will call vrele() on the root vnode exactly rootrefs times.
* If the SKIPSYSTEM or WRITECLOSE flags are specified, rootrefs must
* be zero.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
static int busyprt = 0; /* print out busy vnodes */
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, busyprt, CTLFLAG_RW, &busyprt, 0, "");
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#endif
int
vflush(mp, rootrefs, flags, td)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct mount *mp;
int rootrefs;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int flags;
struct thread *td;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
struct vnode *vp, *nvp, *rootvp = NULL;
struct vattr vattr;
int busy = 0, error;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (rootrefs > 0) {
KASSERT((flags & (SKIPSYSTEM | WRITECLOSE)) == 0,
("vflush: bad args"));
/*
* Get the filesystem root vnode. We can vput() it
* immediately, since with rootrefs > 0, it won't go away.
*/
if ((error = VFS_ROOT(mp, LK_EXCLUSIVE, &rootvp, td)) != 0)
return (error);
vput(rootvp);
}
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
loop:
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
MNT_VNODE_FOREACH(vp, mp, nvp) {
VI_LOCK(vp);
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
error = vn_lock(vp, LK_INTERLOCK | LK_EXCLUSIVE, td);
if (error) {
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
goto loop;
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Skip over a vnodes marked VV_SYSTEM.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if ((flags & SKIPSYSTEM) && (vp->v_vflag & VV_SYSTEM)) {
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
continue;
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* If WRITECLOSE is set, flush out unlinked but still open
* files (even if open only for reading) and regular file
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
* vnodes open for writing.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (flags & WRITECLOSE) {
error = VOP_GETATTR(vp, &vattr, td->td_ucred, td);
VI_LOCK(vp);
if ((vp->v_type == VNON ||
(error == 0 && vattr.va_nlink > 0)) &&
(vp->v_writecount == 0 || vp->v_type != VREG)) {
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, LK_INTERLOCK, td);
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
continue;
}
} else
VI_LOCK(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
* With v_usecount == 0, all we need to do is clear out the
* vnode data structures and we are done.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (vp->v_usecount == 0) {
vgonel(vp, td);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
continue;
}
/*
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
* If FORCECLOSE is set, forcibly close the vnode. For block
* or character devices, revert to an anonymous device. For
* all other files, just kill them.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (flags & FORCECLOSE) {
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(vp->v_type != VCHR && vp->v_type != VBLK, vp,
("device VNODE %p is FORCECLOSED", vp));
vgonel(vp, td);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
continue;
}
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VOP_UNLOCK(vp, 0, td);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
if (busyprt)
vprint("vflush: busy vnode", vp);
#endif
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
busy++;
}
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
if (rootrefs > 0 && (flags & FORCECLOSE) == 0) {
/*
* If just the root vnode is busy, and if its refcount
* is equal to `rootrefs', then go ahead and kill it.
*/
VI_LOCK(rootvp);
KASSERT(busy > 0, ("vflush: not busy"));
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(rootvp->v_usecount >= rootrefs, rootvp,
("vflush: usecount %d < rootrefs %d",
rootvp->v_usecount, rootrefs));
if (busy == 1 && rootvp->v_usecount == rootrefs) {
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VOP_LOCK(rootvp, LK_EXCLUSIVE|LK_INTERLOCK, td);
vgone(rootvp);
VOP_UNLOCK(rootvp, 0, td);
busy = 0;
} else
VI_UNLOCK(rootvp);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (busy)
return (EBUSY);
for (; rootrefs > 0; rootrefs--)
vrele(rootvp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (0);
}
/*
* This moves a now (likely recyclable) vnode to the end of the
* mountlist. XXX However, it is temporarily disabled until we
* can clean up ffs_sync() and friends, which have loop restart
* conditions which this code causes to operate O(N^2).
*/
static void
vlruvp(struct vnode *vp)
{
#if 0
struct mount *mp;
if ((mp = vp->v_mount) != NULL) {
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
TAILQ_REMOVE(&mp->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes);
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&mp->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes);
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
}
#endif
}
/*
* Recycle an unused vnode to the front of the free list.
* Release the passed interlock if the vnode will be recycled.
*/
int
2005-01-28 13:08:21 +00:00
vrecycle(struct vnode *vp, struct thread *td)
{
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "vrecycle");
VI_LOCK(vp);
if (vp->v_usecount == 0) {
vgonel(vp, td);
return (1);
}
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
return (0);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Eliminate all activity associated with a vnode
* in preparation for reuse.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
void
vgone(struct vnode *vp)
{
struct thread *td = curthread; /* XXX */
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "vgone");
VI_LOCK(vp);
vgonel(vp, td);
}
/*
* vgone, with the vp interlock held.
*/
void
vgonel(struct vnode *vp, struct thread *td)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
int oweinact;
int active;
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
int doomed;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "vgonel");
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(vp, "vgonel");
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
* Check to see if the vnode is in use. If so we have to reference it
* before we clean it out so that its count cannot fall to zero and
* generate a race against ourselves to recycle it.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if ((active = vp->v_usecount))
v_incr_usecount(vp, 1);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
* See if we're already doomed, if so, this is coming from a
* successful vtryrecycle();
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
doomed = (vp->v_iflag & VI_DOOMED);
vp->v_iflag |= VI_DOOMED;
vp->v_vxthread = curthread;
oweinact = (vp->v_iflag & VI_OWEINACT);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Clean out any buffers associated with the vnode.
* If the flush fails, just toss the buffers.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&vp->v_bufobj.bo_dirty.bv_hd))
(void) vn_write_suspend_wait(vp, NULL, V_WAIT);
if (vinvalbuf(vp, V_SAVE, td, 0, 0) != 0)
vinvalbuf(vp, 0, td, 0, 0);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* If purging an active vnode, it must be closed and
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
* deactivated before being reclaimed.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (active)
VOP_CLOSE(vp, FNONBLOCK, NOCRED, td);
if (oweinact || active) {
VI_LOCK(vp);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
if ((vp->v_iflag & VI_DOINGINACT) == 0)
vinactive(vp, td);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Reclaim the vnode.
*/
if (VOP_RECLAIM(vp, td))
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
panic("vgone: cannot reclaim");
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT(vp->v_object == NULL, vp,
("vop_reclaim left v_object vp=%p, tag=%s", vp, vp->v_tag));
/*
* Delete from old mount point vnode list.
*/
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
delmntque(vp);
cache_purge(vp);
VI_LOCK(vp);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
if (active) {
v_incr_usecount(vp, -1);
VNASSERT(vp->v_usecount >= 0, vp, ("vgone: bad ref count"));
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Done with purge, reset to the standard lock and
* notify sleepers of the grim news.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
vp->v_vnlock = &vp->v_lock;
vp->v_op = &dead_vnodeops;
vp->v_tag = "none";
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
vp->v_type = VBAD;
vp->v_vxthread = NULL;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* If it is on the freelist and not already at the head,
* move it to the head of the list. The test of the
* VDOOMED flag and the reference count of zero is because
* it will be removed from the free list by getnewvnode,
* but will not have its reference count incremented until
* after calling vgone. If the reference count were
* incremented first, vgone would (incorrectly) try to
* close the previous instance of the underlying object.
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (vp->v_holdcnt == 0 && !doomed) {
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
if (vp->v_iflag & VI_FREE) {
TAILQ_REMOVE(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
} else {
vp->v_iflag |= VI_FREE;
freevnodes++;
}
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Calculate the total number of references to a special device.
*/
int
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
vcount(vp)
struct vnode *vp;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
int count;
dev_lock();
count = vp->v_rdev->si_usecount;
dev_unlock();
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (count);
}
/*
* Same as above, but using the struct cdev *as argument
*/
int
count_dev(dev)
struct cdev *dev;
{
2003-10-17 11:56:48 +00:00
int count;
dev_lock();
2003-10-17 11:56:48 +00:00
count = dev->si_usecount;
dev_unlock();
2003-10-17 11:56:48 +00:00
return(count);
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Print out a description of a vnode.
*/
static char *typename[] =
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
{"VNON", "VREG", "VDIR", "VBLK", "VCHR", "VLNK", "VSOCK", "VFIFO", "VBAD"};
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
void
vn_printf(struct vnode *vp, const char *fmt, ...)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
va_list ap;
char buf[96];
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
va_start(ap, fmt);
vprintf(fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
printf("%p: ", (void *)vp);
printf("tag %s, type %s\n", vp->v_tag, typename[vp->v_type]);
printf(" usecount %d, writecount %d, refcount %d mountedhere %p\n",
vp->v_usecount, vp->v_writecount, vp->v_holdcnt, vp->v_mountedhere);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
buf[0] = '\0';
buf[1] = '\0';
if (vp->v_vflag & VV_ROOT)
strcat(buf, "|VV_ROOT");
if (vp->v_vflag & VV_TEXT)
strcat(buf, "|VV_TEXT");
if (vp->v_vflag & VV_SYSTEM)
strcat(buf, "|VV_SYSTEM");
if (vp->v_iflag & VI_DOOMED)
strcat(buf, "|VI_DOOMED");
if (vp->v_iflag & VI_FREE)
strcat(buf, "|VI_FREE");
printf(" flags (%s)\n", buf + 1);
if (mtx_owned(VI_MTX(vp)))
printf(" VI_LOCKed");
if (vp->v_object != NULL)
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
printf(" v_object %p ref %d pages %d\n",
vp->v_object, vp->v_object->ref_count,
vp->v_object->resident_page_count);
printf(" ");
lockmgr_printinfo(vp->v_vnlock);
printf("\n");
if (vp->v_data != NULL)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
VOP_PRINT(vp);
}
#ifdef DDB
#include <ddb/ddb.h>
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* List all of the locked vnodes in the system.
* Called when debugging the kernel.
*/
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(lockedvnods, lockedvnodes)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
struct mount *mp, *nmp;
struct vnode *vp;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Note: because this is DDB, we can't obey the locking semantics
* for these structures, which means we could catch an inconsistent
* state and dereference a nasty pointer. Not much to be done
* about that.
*/
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
printf("Locked vnodes\n");
for (mp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mountlist); mp != NULL; mp = nmp) {
nmp = TAILQ_NEXT(mp, mnt_list);
TAILQ_FOREACH(vp, &mp->mnt_nvnodelist, v_nmntvnodes) {
if (VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, NULL))
2005-02-10 08:55:08 +00:00
vprint("", vp);
}
nmp = TAILQ_NEXT(mp, mnt_list);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
}
#endif
/*
* Fill in a struct xvfsconf based on a struct vfsconf.
*/
static void
vfsconf2x(struct vfsconf *vfsp, struct xvfsconf *xvfsp)
{
strcpy(xvfsp->vfc_name, vfsp->vfc_name);
xvfsp->vfc_typenum = vfsp->vfc_typenum;
xvfsp->vfc_refcount = vfsp->vfc_refcount;
xvfsp->vfc_flags = vfsp->vfc_flags;
/*
* These are unused in userland, we keep them
* to not break binary compatibility.
*/
xvfsp->vfc_vfsops = NULL;
xvfsp->vfc_next = NULL;
}
/*
* Top level filesystem related information gathering.
*/
static int
sysctl_vfs_conflist(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
struct vfsconf *vfsp;
struct xvfsconf xvfsp;
int error;
error = 0;
TAILQ_FOREACH(vfsp, &vfsconf, vfc_list) {
vfsconf2x(vfsp, &xvfsp);
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, &xvfsp, sizeof xvfsp);
if (error)
break;
}
return (error);
}
SYSCTL_PROC(_vfs, OID_AUTO, conflist, CTLFLAG_RD, NULL, 0, sysctl_vfs_conflist,
"S,xvfsconf", "List of all configured filesystems");
#ifndef BURN_BRIDGES
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
static int sysctl_ovfs_conf(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS);
static int
vfs_sysctl(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
int *name = (int *)arg1 - 1; /* XXX */
u_int namelen = arg2 + 1; /* XXX */
struct vfsconf *vfsp;
struct xvfsconf xvfsp;
printf("WARNING: userland calling deprecated sysctl, "
"please rebuild world\n");
#if 1 || defined(COMPAT_PRELITE2)
/* Resolve ambiguity between VFS_VFSCONF and VFS_GENERIC. */
if (namelen == 1)
return (sysctl_ovfs_conf(oidp, arg1, arg2, req));
#endif
switch (name[1]) {
case VFS_MAXTYPENUM:
if (namelen != 2)
return (ENOTDIR);
return (SYSCTL_OUT(req, &maxvfsconf, sizeof(int)));
case VFS_CONF:
if (namelen != 3)
return (ENOTDIR); /* overloaded */
TAILQ_FOREACH(vfsp, &vfsconf, vfc_list)
if (vfsp->vfc_typenum == name[2])
break;
if (vfsp == NULL)
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
vfsconf2x(vfsp, &xvfsp);
return (SYSCTL_OUT(req, &xvfsp, sizeof(xvfsp)));
}
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
}
static SYSCTL_NODE(_vfs, VFS_GENERIC, generic, CTLFLAG_RD | CTLFLAG_SKIP,
vfs_sysctl, "Generic filesystem");
#if 1 || defined(COMPAT_PRELITE2)
static int
sysctl_ovfs_conf(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
int error;
struct vfsconf *vfsp;
struct ovfsconf ovfs;
TAILQ_FOREACH(vfsp, &vfsconf, vfc_list) {
ovfs.vfc_vfsops = vfsp->vfc_vfsops; /* XXX used as flag */
strcpy(ovfs.vfc_name, vfsp->vfc_name);
ovfs.vfc_index = vfsp->vfc_typenum;
ovfs.vfc_refcount = vfsp->vfc_refcount;
ovfs.vfc_flags = vfsp->vfc_flags;
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, &ovfs, sizeof ovfs);
if (error)
return error;
}
return 0;
}
#endif /* 1 || COMPAT_PRELITE2 */
#endif /* !BURN_BRIDGES */
#define KINFO_VNODESLOP 10
#ifdef notyet
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Dump vnode list (via sysctl).
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
sysctl_vnode(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
struct xvnode *xvn;
struct thread *td = req->td;
struct mount *mp;
struct vnode *vp;
int error, len, n;
/*
* Stale numvnodes access is not fatal here.
*/
req->lock = 0;
len = (numvnodes + KINFO_VNODESLOP) * sizeof *xvn;
if (!req->oldptr)
/* Make an estimate */
return (SYSCTL_OUT(req, 0, len));
These changes embody the support of the fully coherent merged VM buffer cache, much higher filesystem I/O performance, and much better paging performance. It represents the culmination of over 6 months of R&D. The majority of the merged VM/cache work is by John Dyson. The following highlights the most significant changes. Additionally, there are (mostly minor) changes to the various filesystem modules (nfs, msdosfs, etc) to support the new VM/buffer scheme. vfs_bio.c: Significant rewrite of most of vfs_bio to support the merged VM buffer cache scheme. The scheme is almost fully compatible with the old filesystem interface. Significant improvement in the number of opportunities for write clustering. vfs_cluster.c, vfs_subr.c Upgrade and performance enhancements in vfs layer code to support merged VM/buffer cache. Fixup of vfs_cluster to eliminate the bogus pagemove stuff. vm_object.c: Yet more improvements in the collapse code. Elimination of some windows that can cause list corruption. vm_pageout.c: Fixed it, it really works better now. Somehow in 2.0, some "enhancements" broke the code. This code has been reworked from the ground-up. vm_fault.c, vm_page.c, pmap.c, vm_object.c Support for small-block filesystems with merged VM/buffer cache scheme. pmap.c vm_map.c Dynamic kernel VM size, now we dont have to pre-allocate excessive numbers of kernel PTs. vm_glue.c Much simpler and more effective swapping code. No more gratuitous swapping. proc.h Fixed the problem that the p_lock flag was not being cleared on a fork. swap_pager.c, vnode_pager.c Removal of old vfs_bio cruft to support the past pseudo-coherency. Now the code doesn't need it anymore. machdep.c Changes to better support the parameter values for the merged VM/buffer cache scheme. machdep.c, kern_exec.c, vm_glue.c Implemented a seperate submap for temporary exec string space and another one to contain process upages. This eliminates all map fragmentation problems that previously existed. ffs_inode.c, ufs_inode.c, ufs_readwrite.c Changes for merged VM/buffer cache. Add "bypass" support for sneaking in on busy buffers. Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1995-01-09 16:06:02 +00:00
error = sysctl_wire_old_buffer(req, 0);
if (error != 0)
return (error);
xvn = malloc(len, M_TEMP, M_ZERO | M_WAITOK);
n = 0;
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&mountlist_mtx);
TAILQ_FOREACH(mp, &mountlist, mnt_list) {
if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_NOWAIT, &mountlist_mtx, td))
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
continue;
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
TAILQ_FOREACH(vp, &mp->mnt_nvnodelist, v_nmntvnodes) {
if (n == len)
break;
vref(vp);
xvn[n].xv_size = sizeof *xvn;
xvn[n].xv_vnode = vp;
xvn[n].xv_id = 0; /* XXX compat */
#define XV_COPY(field) xvn[n].xv_##field = vp->v_##field
XV_COPY(usecount);
XV_COPY(writecount);
XV_COPY(holdcnt);
XV_COPY(mount);
XV_COPY(numoutput);
XV_COPY(type);
#undef XV_COPY
xvn[n].xv_flag = vp->v_vflag;
switch (vp->v_type) {
case VREG:
case VDIR:
case VLNK:
break;
case VBLK:
case VCHR:
if (vp->v_rdev == NULL) {
vrele(vp);
continue;
}
xvn[n].xv_dev = dev2udev(vp->v_rdev);
break;
case VSOCK:
xvn[n].xv_socket = vp->v_socket;
break;
case VFIFO:
xvn[n].xv_fifo = vp->v_fifoinfo;
break;
case VNON:
case VBAD:
default:
/* shouldn't happen? */
vrele(vp);
continue;
}
vrele(vp);
++n;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&mountlist_mtx);
vfs_unbusy(mp, td);
if (n == len)
break;
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&mountlist_mtx);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
error = SYSCTL_OUT(req, xvn, n * sizeof *xvn);
free(xvn, M_TEMP);
return (error);
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
SYSCTL_PROC(_kern, KERN_VNODE, vnode, CTLTYPE_OPAQUE|CTLFLAG_RD,
0, 0, sysctl_vnode, "S,xvnode", "");
#endif
/*
* Unmount all filesystems. The list is traversed in reverse order
* of mounting to avoid dependencies.
*/
void
vfs_unmountall()
{
struct mount *mp;
struct thread *td;
int error;
if (curthread != NULL)
td = curthread;
else
td = FIRST_THREAD_IN_PROC(initproc); /* XXX XXX proc0? */
/*
* Since this only runs when rebooting, it is not interlocked.
*/
while(!TAILQ_EMPTY(&mountlist)) {
mp = TAILQ_LAST(&mountlist, mntlist);
error = dounmount(mp, MNT_FORCE, td);
if (error) {
TAILQ_REMOVE(&mountlist, mp, mnt_list);
printf("unmount of %s failed (",
mp->mnt_stat.f_mntonname);
if (error == EBUSY)
printf("BUSY)\n");
else
printf("%d)\n", error);
} else {
/* The unmount has removed mp from the mountlist */
}
}
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* perform msync on all vnodes under a mount point
* the mount point must be locked.
*/
void
vfs_msync(struct mount *mp, int flags)
{
struct vnode *vp, *nvp;
struct vm_object *obj;
int tries;
tries = 5;
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
loop:
When we traverse the vnodes on a mountpoint we need to look out for our cached 'next vnode' being removed from this mountpoint. If we find that it was recycled, we restart our traversal from the start of the list. Code to do that is in all local disk filesystems (and a few other places) and looks roughly like this: MNT_ILOCK(mp); loop: for (vp = TAILQ_FIRST(&mp...); (vp = nvp) != NULL; nvp = TAILQ_NEXT(vp,...)) { if (vp->v_mount != mp) goto loop; MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); ... MNT_ILOCK(mp); } MNT_IUNLOCK(mp); The code which takes vnodes off a mountpoint looks like this: MNT_ILOCK(vp->v_mount); ... TAILQ_REMOVE(&vp->v_mount->mnt_nvnodelist, vp, v_nmntvnodes); ... MNT_IUNLOCK(vp->v_mount); ... vp->v_mount = something; (Take a moment and try to spot the locking error before you read on.) On a SMP system, one CPU could have removed nvp from our mountlist but not yet gotten to assign a new value to vp->v_mount while another CPU simultaneously get to the top of the traversal loop where it finds that (vp->v_mount != mp) is not true despite the fact that the vnode has indeed been removed from our mountpoint. Fix: Introduce the macro MNT_VNODE_FOREACH() to traverse the list of vnodes on a mountpoint while taking into account that vnodes may be removed from the list as we go. This saves approx 65 lines of duplicated code. Split the insmntque() which potentially moves a vnode from one mount point to another into delmntque() and insmntque() which does just what the names say. Fix delmntque() to set vp->v_mount to NULL while holding the mountpoint lock.
2004-07-04 08:52:35 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(vp, &mp->mnt_nvnodelist, v_nmntvnodes, nvp) {
if (vp->v_mount != mp) {
if (--tries > 0)
goto loop;
break;
}
VI_LOCK(vp);
if ((vp->v_iflag & VI_OBJDIRTY) &&
(flags == MNT_WAIT || VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, NULL) == 0)) {
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
if (!vget(vp,
LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_RETRY | LK_INTERLOCK,
curthread)) {
if (vp->v_vflag & VV_NOSYNC) { /* unlinked */
vput(vp);
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
continue;
}
obj = vp->v_object;
if (obj != NULL) {
VM_OBJECT_LOCK(obj);
vm_object_page_clean(obj, 0, 0,
flags == MNT_WAIT ?
OBJPC_SYNC : OBJPC_NOSYNC);
VM_OBJECT_UNLOCK(obj);
}
vput(vp);
}
MNT_ILOCK(mp);
if (TAILQ_NEXT(vp, v_nmntvnodes) != nvp) {
if (--tries > 0)
goto loop;
break;
}
} else
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
}
MNT_IUNLOCK(mp);
}
/*
* Mark a vnode as free, putting it up for recycling.
*/
static void
vfree(struct vnode *vp)
1. Add a {pointer, v_id} pair to the vnode to store the reference to the ".." vnode. This is cheaper storagewise than keeping it in the namecache, and it makes more sense since it's a 1:1 mapping. 2. Also handle the case of "." more intelligently rather than stuff the namecache with pointless entries. 3. Add two lists to the vnode and hang namecache entries which go from or to this vnode. When cleaning a vnode, delete all namecache entries it invalidates. 4. Never reuse namecache enties, malloc new ones when we need it, free old ones when they die. No longer a hard limit on how many we can have. 5. Remove the upper limit on namelength of namecache entries. 6. Make a global list for negative namecache entries, limit their number to a sysctl'able (debug.ncnegfactor) fraction of the total namecache. Currently the default fraction is 1/16th. (Suggestions for better default wanted!) 7. Assign v_id correctly in the face of 32bit rollover. 8. Remove the LRU list for namecache entries, not needed. Remove the #ifdef NCH_STATISTICS stuff, it's not needed either. 9. Use the vnode freelist as a true LRU list, also for namecache accesses. 10. Reuse vnodes more aggresively but also more selectively, if we can't reuse, malloc a new one. There is no longer a hard limit on their number, they grow to the point where we don't reuse potentially usable vnodes. A vnode will not get recycled if still has pages in core or if it is the source of namecache entries (Yes, this does indeed work :-) "." and ".." are not namecache entries any longer...) 11. Do not overload the v_id field in namecache entries with whiteout information, use a char sized flags field instead, so we can get rid of the vpid and v_id fields from the namecache struct. Since we're linked to the vnodes and purged when they're cleaned, we don't have to check the v_id any more. 12. NFS knew about the limitation on name length in the namecache, it shouldn't and doesn't now. Bugs: The namecache statistics no longer includes the hits for ".." and "." hits. Performance impact: Generally in the +/- 0.5% for "normal" workstations, but I hope this will allow the system to be selftuning over a bigger range of "special" applications. The case where RAM is available but unused for cache because we don't have any vnodes should be gone. Future work: Straighten out the namecache statistics. "desiredvnodes" is still used to (bogusly ?) size hash tables in the filesystems. I have still to find a way to safely free unused vnodes back so their number can shrink when not needed. There is a few uses of the v_id field left in the filesystems, scheduled for demolition at a later time. Maybe a one slot cache for unused namecache entries should be implemented to decrease the malloc/free frequency.
1997-05-04 09:17:38 +00:00
{
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(vp, "vfree");
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT((vp->v_iflag & VI_FREE) == 0, vp, ("vnode already free"));
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
VNASSERT(VSHOULDFREE(vp), vp, ("vfree: freeing when we shouldn't"));
if (vp->v_iflag & (VI_AGE|VI_DOOMED)) {
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
} else {
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
1. Add a {pointer, v_id} pair to the vnode to store the reference to the ".." vnode. This is cheaper storagewise than keeping it in the namecache, and it makes more sense since it's a 1:1 mapping. 2. Also handle the case of "." more intelligently rather than stuff the namecache with pointless entries. 3. Add two lists to the vnode and hang namecache entries which go from or to this vnode. When cleaning a vnode, delete all namecache entries it invalidates. 4. Never reuse namecache enties, malloc new ones when we need it, free old ones when they die. No longer a hard limit on how many we can have. 5. Remove the upper limit on namelength of namecache entries. 6. Make a global list for negative namecache entries, limit their number to a sysctl'able (debug.ncnegfactor) fraction of the total namecache. Currently the default fraction is 1/16th. (Suggestions for better default wanted!) 7. Assign v_id correctly in the face of 32bit rollover. 8. Remove the LRU list for namecache entries, not needed. Remove the #ifdef NCH_STATISTICS stuff, it's not needed either. 9. Use the vnode freelist as a true LRU list, also for namecache accesses. 10. Reuse vnodes more aggresively but also more selectively, if we can't reuse, malloc a new one. There is no longer a hard limit on their number, they grow to the point where we don't reuse potentially usable vnodes. A vnode will not get recycled if still has pages in core or if it is the source of namecache entries (Yes, this does indeed work :-) "." and ".." are not namecache entries any longer...) 11. Do not overload the v_id field in namecache entries with whiteout information, use a char sized flags field instead, so we can get rid of the vpid and v_id fields from the namecache struct. Since we're linked to the vnodes and purged when they're cleaned, we don't have to check the v_id any more. 12. NFS knew about the limitation on name length in the namecache, it shouldn't and doesn't now. Bugs: The namecache statistics no longer includes the hits for ".." and "." hits. Performance impact: Generally in the +/- 0.5% for "normal" workstations, but I hope this will allow the system to be selftuning over a bigger range of "special" applications. The case where RAM is available but unused for cache because we don't have any vnodes should be gone. Future work: Straighten out the namecache statistics. "desiredvnodes" is still used to (bogusly ?) size hash tables in the filesystems. I have still to find a way to safely free unused vnodes back so their number can shrink when not needed. There is a few uses of the v_id field left in the filesystems, scheduled for demolition at a later time. Maybe a one slot cache for unused namecache entries should be implemented to decrease the malloc/free frequency.
1997-05-04 09:17:38 +00:00
}
freevnodes++;
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
vp->v_iflag &= ~(VI_AGE|VI_DOOMED);
vp->v_iflag |= VI_FREE;
}
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
/*
* Opposite of vfree() - mark a vnode as in use.
*/
static void
vbusy(struct vnode *vp)
{
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(vp, "vbusy");
2005-02-17 10:28:58 +00:00
VNASSERT((vp->v_iflag & VI_FREE) != 0, vp, ("vnode not free"));
mtx_lock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
TAILQ_REMOVE(&vnode_free_list, vp, v_freelist);
freevnodes--;
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&vnode_free_list_mtx);
vp->v_iflag &= ~(VI_FREE|VI_AGE);
1. Add a {pointer, v_id} pair to the vnode to store the reference to the ".." vnode. This is cheaper storagewise than keeping it in the namecache, and it makes more sense since it's a 1:1 mapping. 2. Also handle the case of "." more intelligently rather than stuff the namecache with pointless entries. 3. Add two lists to the vnode and hang namecache entries which go from or to this vnode. When cleaning a vnode, delete all namecache entries it invalidates. 4. Never reuse namecache enties, malloc new ones when we need it, free old ones when they die. No longer a hard limit on how many we can have. 5. Remove the upper limit on namelength of namecache entries. 6. Make a global list for negative namecache entries, limit their number to a sysctl'able (debug.ncnegfactor) fraction of the total namecache. Currently the default fraction is 1/16th. (Suggestions for better default wanted!) 7. Assign v_id correctly in the face of 32bit rollover. 8. Remove the LRU list for namecache entries, not needed. Remove the #ifdef NCH_STATISTICS stuff, it's not needed either. 9. Use the vnode freelist as a true LRU list, also for namecache accesses. 10. Reuse vnodes more aggresively but also more selectively, if we can't reuse, malloc a new one. There is no longer a hard limit on their number, they grow to the point where we don't reuse potentially usable vnodes. A vnode will not get recycled if still has pages in core or if it is the source of namecache entries (Yes, this does indeed work :-) "." and ".." are not namecache entries any longer...) 11. Do not overload the v_id field in namecache entries with whiteout information, use a char sized flags field instead, so we can get rid of the vpid and v_id fields from the namecache struct. Since we're linked to the vnodes and purged when they're cleaned, we don't have to check the v_id any more. 12. NFS knew about the limitation on name length in the namecache, it shouldn't and doesn't now. Bugs: The namecache statistics no longer includes the hits for ".." and "." hits. Performance impact: Generally in the +/- 0.5% for "normal" workstations, but I hope this will allow the system to be selftuning over a bigger range of "special" applications. The case where RAM is available but unused for cache because we don't have any vnodes should be gone. Future work: Straighten out the namecache statistics. "desiredvnodes" is still used to (bogusly ?) size hash tables in the filesystems. I have still to find a way to safely free unused vnodes back so their number can shrink when not needed. There is a few uses of the v_id field left in the filesystems, scheduled for demolition at a later time. Maybe a one slot cache for unused namecache entries should be implemented to decrease the malloc/free frequency.
1997-05-04 09:17:38 +00:00
}
/*
* Initalize per-vnode helper structure to hold poll-related state.
*/
void
v_addpollinfo(struct vnode *vp)
{
struct vpollinfo *vi;
vi = uma_zalloc(vnodepoll_zone, M_WAITOK);
if (vp->v_pollinfo != NULL) {
uma_zfree(vnodepoll_zone, vi);
return;
}
vp->v_pollinfo = vi;
mtx_init(&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_lock, "vnode pollinfo", NULL, MTX_DEF);
knlist_init(&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_selinfo.si_note,
&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_lock);
}
/*
* Record a process's interest in events which might happen to
* a vnode. Because poll uses the historic select-style interface
* internally, this routine serves as both the ``check for any
* pending events'' and the ``record my interest in future events''
* functions. (These are done together, while the lock is held,
* to avoid race conditions.)
*/
int
vn_pollrecord(vp, td, events)
struct vnode *vp;
struct thread *td;
short events;
{
if (vp->v_pollinfo == NULL)
2002-06-06 15:46:38 +00:00
v_addpollinfo(vp);
mtx_lock(&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_lock);
if (vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_revents & events) {
/*
* This leaves events we are not interested
* in available for the other process which
* which presumably had requested them
* (otherwise they would never have been
* recorded).
*/
events &= vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_revents;
vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_revents &= ~events;
mtx_unlock(&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_lock);
return events;
}
vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_events |= events;
selrecord(td, &vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_selinfo);
mtx_unlock(&vp->v_pollinfo->vpi_lock);
return 0;
}
/*
* Routine to create and manage a filesystem syncer vnode.
*/
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
#define sync_close ((int (*)(struct vop_close_args *))nullop)
static int sync_fsync(struct vop_fsync_args *);
static int sync_inactive(struct vop_inactive_args *);
static int sync_reclaim(struct vop_reclaim_args *);
static struct vop_vector sync_vnodeops = {
.vop_bypass = VOP_EOPNOTSUPP,
.vop_close = sync_close, /* close */
.vop_fsync = sync_fsync, /* fsync */
.vop_inactive = sync_inactive, /* inactive */
.vop_reclaim = sync_reclaim, /* reclaim */
.vop_lock = vop_stdlock, /* lock */
.vop_unlock = vop_stdunlock, /* unlock */
.vop_islocked = vop_stdislocked, /* islocked */
};
/*
* Create a new filesystem syncer vnode for the specified mount point.
*/
int
vfs_allocate_syncvnode(mp)
struct mount *mp;
{
struct vnode *vp;
static long start, incr, next;
int error;
/* Allocate a new vnode */
if ((error = getnewvnode("syncer", mp, &sync_vnodeops, &vp)) != 0) {
mp->mnt_syncer = NULL;
return (error);
}
vp->v_type = VNON;
/*
* Place the vnode onto the syncer worklist. We attempt to
* scatter them about on the list so that they will go off
* at evenly distributed times even if all the filesystems
* are mounted at once.
*/
next += incr;
if (next == 0 || next > syncer_maxdelay) {
start /= 2;
incr /= 2;
if (start == 0) {
start = syncer_maxdelay / 2;
incr = syncer_maxdelay;
}
next = start;
}
VI_LOCK(vp);
vn_syncer_add_to_worklist(&vp->v_bufobj,
syncdelay > 0 ? next % syncdelay : 0);
/* XXX - vn_syncer_add_to_worklist() also grabs and drops sync_mtx. */
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
sync_vnode_count++;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
mp->mnt_syncer = vp;
return (0);
}
/*
* Do a lazy sync of the filesystem.
*/
1998-12-21 23:38:33 +00:00
static int
sync_fsync(ap)
struct vop_fsync_args /* {
struct vnode *a_vp;
struct ucred *a_cred;
int a_waitfor;
struct thread *a_td;
} */ *ap;
{
struct vnode *syncvp = ap->a_vp;
struct mount *mp = syncvp->v_mount;
struct thread *td = ap->a_td;
int error, asyncflag;
struct bufobj *bo;
/*
* We only need to do something if this is a lazy evaluation.
*/
if (ap->a_waitfor != MNT_LAZY)
return (0);
/*
* Move ourselves to the back of the sync list.
*/
bo = &syncvp->v_bufobj;
BO_LOCK(bo);
vn_syncer_add_to_worklist(bo, syncdelay);
BO_UNLOCK(bo);
/*
* Walk the list of vnodes pushing all that are dirty and
* not already on the sync list.
*/
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_lock(&mountlist_mtx);
if (vfs_busy(mp, LK_EXCLUSIVE | LK_NOWAIT, &mountlist_mtx, td) != 0) {
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
mtx_unlock(&mountlist_mtx);
return (0);
}
if (vn_start_write(NULL, &mp, V_NOWAIT) != 0) {
vfs_unbusy(mp, td);
return (0);
}
asyncflag = mp->mnt_flag & MNT_ASYNC;
mp->mnt_flag &= ~MNT_ASYNC;
vfs_msync(mp, MNT_NOWAIT);
error = VFS_SYNC(mp, MNT_LAZY, td);
if (asyncflag)
mp->mnt_flag |= MNT_ASYNC;
vn_finished_write(mp);
vfs_unbusy(mp, td);
return (error);
}
/*
* The syncer vnode is no referenced.
*/
1998-12-21 23:38:33 +00:00
static int
sync_inactive(ap)
struct vop_inactive_args /* {
struct vnode *a_vp;
struct thread *a_td;
} */ *ap;
{
vgone(ap->a_vp);
return (0);
}
/*
* The syncer vnode is no longer needed and is being decommissioned.
*
* Modifications to the worklist must be protected by sync_mtx.
*/
1998-12-21 23:38:33 +00:00
static int
sync_reclaim(ap)
struct vop_reclaim_args /* {
struct vnode *a_vp;
} */ *ap;
{
struct vnode *vp = ap->a_vp;
struct bufobj *bo;
VI_LOCK(vp);
bo = &vp->v_bufobj;
vp->v_mount->mnt_syncer = NULL;
if (bo->bo_flag & BO_ONWORKLST) {
mtx_lock(&sync_mtx);
LIST_REMOVE(bo, bo_synclist);
syncer_worklist_len--;
sync_vnode_count--;
mtx_unlock(&sync_mtx);
bo->bo_flag &= ~BO_ONWORKLST;
}
VI_UNLOCK(vp);
return (0);
}
/*
* Check if vnode represents a disk device
*/
int
vn_isdisk(vp, errp)
struct vnode *vp;
int *errp;
{
2003-10-12 14:04:39 +00:00
int error;
2003-10-12 14:04:39 +00:00
error = 0;
dev_lock();
2003-10-12 14:04:39 +00:00
if (vp->v_type != VCHR)
error = ENOTBLK;
else if (vp->v_rdev == NULL)
error = ENXIO;
else if (vp->v_rdev->si_devsw == NULL)
error = ENXIO;
else if (!(vp->v_rdev->si_devsw->d_flags & D_DISK))
2003-10-12 14:04:39 +00:00
error = ENOTBLK;
dev_unlock();
if (errp != NULL)
2003-10-12 14:04:39 +00:00
*errp = error;
return (error == 0);
}
/*
2002-05-16 21:28:32 +00:00
* Common filesystem object access control check routine. Accepts a
* vnode's type, "mode", uid and gid, requested access mode, credentials,
* and optional call-by-reference privused argument allowing vaccess()
* to indicate to the caller whether privilege was used to satisfy the
* request (obsoleted). Returns 0 on success, or an errno on failure.
*/
int
vaccess(type, file_mode, file_uid, file_gid, acc_mode, cred, privused)
enum vtype type;
mode_t file_mode;
uid_t file_uid;
gid_t file_gid;
mode_t acc_mode;
struct ucred *cred;
int *privused;
{
mode_t dac_granted;
#ifdef CAPABILITIES
mode_t cap_granted;
#endif
/*
* Look for a normal, non-privileged way to access the file/directory
* as requested. If it exists, go with that.
*/
if (privused != NULL)
*privused = 0;
dac_granted = 0;
/* Check the owner. */
if (cred->cr_uid == file_uid) {
dac_granted |= VADMIN;
if (file_mode & S_IXUSR)
dac_granted |= VEXEC;
if (file_mode & S_IRUSR)
dac_granted |= VREAD;
if (file_mode & S_IWUSR)
dac_granted |= (VWRITE | VAPPEND);
if ((acc_mode & dac_granted) == acc_mode)
return (0);
goto privcheck;
}
/* Otherwise, check the groups (first match) */
if (groupmember(file_gid, cred)) {
if (file_mode & S_IXGRP)
dac_granted |= VEXEC;
if (file_mode & S_IRGRP)
dac_granted |= VREAD;
if (file_mode & S_IWGRP)
dac_granted |= (VWRITE | VAPPEND);
if ((acc_mode & dac_granted) == acc_mode)
return (0);
goto privcheck;
}
/* Otherwise, check everyone else. */
if (file_mode & S_IXOTH)
dac_granted |= VEXEC;
if (file_mode & S_IROTH)
dac_granted |= VREAD;
if (file_mode & S_IWOTH)
dac_granted |= (VWRITE | VAPPEND);
if ((acc_mode & dac_granted) == acc_mode)
return (0);
privcheck:
if (!suser_cred(cred, SUSER_ALLOWJAIL)) {
/* XXX audit: privilege used */
if (privused != NULL)
*privused = 1;
return (0);
}
#ifdef CAPABILITIES
/*
* Build a capability mask to determine if the set of capabilities
* satisfies the requirements when combined with the granted mask
* from above.
* For each capability, if the capability is required, bitwise
* or the request type onto the cap_granted mask.
*/
cap_granted = 0;
if (type == VDIR) {
/*
* For directories, use CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH to satisfy
* VEXEC requests, instead of CAP_DAC_EXECUTE.
*/
if ((acc_mode & VEXEC) && ((dac_granted & VEXEC) == 0) &&
!cap_check(cred, NULL, CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH, SUSER_ALLOWJAIL))
cap_granted |= VEXEC;
} else {
if ((acc_mode & VEXEC) && ((dac_granted & VEXEC) == 0) &&
!cap_check(cred, NULL, CAP_DAC_EXECUTE, SUSER_ALLOWJAIL))
cap_granted |= VEXEC;
}
if ((acc_mode & VREAD) && ((dac_granted & VREAD) == 0) &&
!cap_check(cred, NULL, CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH, SUSER_ALLOWJAIL))
cap_granted |= VREAD;
if ((acc_mode & VWRITE) && ((dac_granted & VWRITE) == 0) &&
!cap_check(cred, NULL, CAP_DAC_WRITE, SUSER_ALLOWJAIL))
cap_granted |= (VWRITE | VAPPEND);
if ((acc_mode & VADMIN) && ((dac_granted & VADMIN) == 0) &&
!cap_check(cred, NULL, CAP_FOWNER, SUSER_ALLOWJAIL))
cap_granted |= VADMIN;
if ((acc_mode & (cap_granted | dac_granted)) == acc_mode) {
/* XXX audit: privilege used */
if (privused != NULL)
*privused = 1;
return (0);
}
#endif
return ((acc_mode & VADMIN) ? EPERM : EACCES);
}
/*
* Credential check based on process requesting service, and per-attribute
* permissions.
*/
int
extattr_check_cred(struct vnode *vp, int attrnamespace,
struct ucred *cred, struct thread *td, int access)
{
/*
* Kernel-invoked always succeeds.
*/
if (cred == NOCRED)
return (0);
/*
* Do not allow privileged processes in jail to directly
* manipulate system attributes.
*
* XXX What capability should apply here?
* Probably CAP_SYS_SETFFLAG.
*/
switch (attrnamespace) {
case EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_SYSTEM:
/* Potentially should be: return (EPERM); */
return (suser_cred(cred, 0));
case EXTATTR_NAMESPACE_USER:
return (VOP_ACCESS(vp, access, cred, td));
default:
return (EPERM);
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG_VFS_LOCKS
/*
* This only exists to supress warnings from unlocked specfs accesses. It is
* no longer ok to have an unlocked VFS.
*/
#define IGNORE_LOCK(vp) ((vp)->v_type == VCHR || (vp)->v_type == VBAD)
int vfs_badlock_ddb = 1; /* Drop into debugger on violation. */
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, vfs_badlock_ddb, CTLFLAG_RW, &vfs_badlock_ddb, 0, "");
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
int vfs_badlock_mutex = 1; /* Check for interlock across VOPs. */
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, vfs_badlock_mutex, CTLFLAG_RW, &vfs_badlock_mutex, 0, "");
int vfs_badlock_print = 1; /* Print lock violations. */
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, vfs_badlock_print, CTLFLAG_RW, &vfs_badlock_print, 0, "");
#ifdef KDB
int vfs_badlock_backtrace = 1; /* Print backtrace at lock violations. */
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, vfs_badlock_backtrace, CTLFLAG_RW, &vfs_badlock_backtrace, 0, "");
#endif
static void
vfs_badlock(const char *msg, const char *str, struct vnode *vp)
{
#ifdef KDB
if (vfs_badlock_backtrace)
kdb_backtrace();
#endif
if (vfs_badlock_print)
printf("%s: %p %s\n", str, (void *)vp, msg);
if (vfs_badlock_ddb)
kdb_enter("lock violation");
}
void
assert_vi_locked(struct vnode *vp, const char *str)
{
if (vfs_badlock_mutex && !mtx_owned(VI_MTX(vp)))
vfs_badlock("interlock is not locked but should be", str, vp);
}
void
assert_vi_unlocked(struct vnode *vp, const char *str)
{
if (vfs_badlock_mutex && mtx_owned(VI_MTX(vp)))
vfs_badlock("interlock is locked but should not be", str, vp);
}
void
assert_vop_locked(struct vnode *vp, const char *str)
{
- Remove vx_lock, vx_unlock, vx_wait, etc. - Add a vn_start_write/vn_finished_write around vlrureclaim so we don't do writing ops without suspending. This could suspend the vlruproc which should not be a problem under normal circumstances. - Manually implement VMIGHTFREE in vlrureclaim as this was the only instance where it was used. - Acquire a lock before calling vgone() as it now requires it. - Move the acquisition of the vnode interlock from vtryrecycle() to getnewvnode() so that if it fails we don't drop and reacquire the vnode_free_list_mtx. - Check for a usecount or holdcount at the end of vtryrecycle() in case someone grabbed a ref while we were recycling. Abort the recycle, and on the final ref drop this vnode will be placed on the head of the free list. - Move the redundant VOP_INACTIVE protection code into the local vinactive() routine to avoid code bloat. - Keep the vnode lock held across calls to vgone() in several places. - vgonel() no longer uses XLOCK, instead callers must hold an exclusive vnode lock. The VI_DOOMED flag is set to allow other threads to detect a vnode which is no longer valid. This flag is set until the last reference is gone, and there are no chances for a new ref. vgonel() holds this lock across the entire function, which greatly simplifies logic. _ Only vfree() in one place in vgone() not three. - Adjust vget() to check the VI_DOOMED flag prior to waiting on the lock in the LK_NOWAIT case. In other cases, check after we have slept and acquired an exlusive lock. This will simulate the old vx_wait() behavior. Sponsored by: Isilon Systems, Inc.
2005-03-13 11:54:28 +00:00
if (vp && !IGNORE_LOCK(vp) && VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, NULL) == 0)
vfs_badlock("is not locked but should be", str, vp);
}
void
assert_vop_unlocked(struct vnode *vp, const char *str)
{
if (vp && !IGNORE_LOCK(vp) &&
VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, curthread) == LK_EXCLUSIVE)
vfs_badlock("is locked but should not be", str, vp);
}
void
assert_vop_elocked(struct vnode *vp, const char *str)
{
if (vp && !IGNORE_LOCK(vp) &&
VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, curthread) != LK_EXCLUSIVE)
vfs_badlock("is not exclusive locked but should be", str, vp);
}
#if 0
void
assert_vop_elocked_other(struct vnode *vp, const char *str)
{
if (vp && !IGNORE_LOCK(vp) &&
VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, curthread) != LK_EXCLOTHER)
vfs_badlock("is not exclusive locked by another thread",
str, vp);
}
void
assert_vop_slocked(struct vnode *vp, const char *str)
{
if (vp && !IGNORE_LOCK(vp) &&
VOP_ISLOCKED(vp, curthread) != LK_SHARED)
vfs_badlock("is not locked shared but should be", str, vp);
}
#endif /* 0 */
void
vop_rename_pre(void *ap)
{
struct vop_rename_args *a = ap;
if (a->a_tvp)
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(a->a_tvp, "VOP_RENAME");
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(a->a_tdvp, "VOP_RENAME");
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(a->a_fvp, "VOP_RENAME");
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(a->a_fdvp, "VOP_RENAME");
/* Check the source (from). */
if (a->a_tdvp != a->a_fdvp)
ASSERT_VOP_UNLOCKED(a->a_fdvp, "vop_rename: fdvp locked");
if (a->a_tvp != a->a_fvp)
ASSERT_VOP_UNLOCKED(a->a_fvp, "vop_rename: tvp locked");
/* Check the target. */
if (a->a_tvp)
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(a->a_tvp, "vop_rename: tvp not locked");
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(a->a_tdvp, "vop_rename: tdvp not locked");
}
void
vop_strategy_pre(void *ap)
{
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
struct vop_strategy_args *a;
struct buf *bp;
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
a = ap;
bp = a->a_bp;
/*
* Cluster ops lock their component buffers but not the IO container.
*/
if ((bp->b_flags & B_CLUSTER) != 0)
return;
if (BUF_REFCNT(bp) < 1) {
if (vfs_badlock_print)
printf(
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
"VOP_STRATEGY: bp is not locked but should be\n");
if (vfs_badlock_ddb)
kdb_enter("lock violation");
}
}
void
vop_lookup_pre(void *ap)
{
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
struct vop_lookup_args *a;
struct vnode *dvp;
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
a = ap;
dvp = a->a_dvp;
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(dvp, "VOP_LOOKUP");
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(dvp, "VOP_LOOKUP");
}
void
vop_lookup_post(void *ap, int rc)
{
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
struct vop_lookup_args *a;
struct vnode *dvp;
struct vnode *vp;
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
a = ap;
dvp = a->a_dvp;
vp = *(a->a_vpp);
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(dvp, "VOP_LOOKUP");
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(dvp, "VOP_LOOKUP");
if (!rc)
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(vp, "VOP_LOOKUP (child)");
}
void
vop_lock_pre(void *ap)
{
struct vop_lock_args *a = ap;
if ((a->a_flags & LK_INTERLOCK) == 0)
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(a->a_vp, "VOP_LOCK");
else
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(a->a_vp, "VOP_LOCK");
}
void
vop_lock_post(void *ap, int rc)
{
2004-01-05 23:40:46 +00:00
struct vop_lock_args *a = ap;
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(a->a_vp, "VOP_LOCK");
if (rc == 0)
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(a->a_vp, "VOP_LOCK");
}
void
vop_unlock_pre(void *ap)
{
struct vop_unlock_args *a = ap;
if (a->a_flags & LK_INTERLOCK)
ASSERT_VI_LOCKED(a->a_vp, "VOP_UNLOCK");
ASSERT_VOP_LOCKED(a->a_vp, "VOP_UNLOCK");
}
void
vop_unlock_post(void *ap, int rc)
{
struct vop_unlock_args *a = ap;
if (a->a_flags & LK_INTERLOCK)
ASSERT_VI_UNLOCKED(a->a_vp, "VOP_UNLOCK");
}
#endif /* DEBUG_VFS_LOCKS */
static struct knlist fs_knlist;
static void
vfs_event_init(void *arg)
{
knlist_init(&fs_knlist, NULL);
}
/* XXX - correct order? */
SYSINIT(vfs_knlist, SI_SUB_VFS, SI_ORDER_ANY, vfs_event_init, NULL);
void
vfs_event_signal(fsid_t *fsid, u_int32_t event, intptr_t data __unused)
{
KNOTE_UNLOCKED(&fs_knlist, event);
}
static int filt_fsattach(struct knote *kn);
static void filt_fsdetach(struct knote *kn);
static int filt_fsevent(struct knote *kn, long hint);
struct filterops fs_filtops =
{ 0, filt_fsattach, filt_fsdetach, filt_fsevent };
static int
filt_fsattach(struct knote *kn)
{
kn->kn_flags |= EV_CLEAR;
knlist_add(&fs_knlist, kn, 0);
return (0);
}
static void
filt_fsdetach(struct knote *kn)
{
knlist_remove(&fs_knlist, kn, 0);
}
static int
filt_fsevent(struct knote *kn, long hint)
{
kn->kn_fflags |= hint;
return (kn->kn_fflags != 0);
}
static int
sysctl_vfs_ctl(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
{
struct vfsidctl vc;
int error;
struct mount *mp;
error = SYSCTL_IN(req, &vc, sizeof(vc));
if (error)
return (error);
if (vc.vc_vers != VFS_CTL_VERS1)
return (EINVAL);
mp = vfs_getvfs(&vc.vc_fsid);
if (mp == NULL)
return (ENOENT);
/* ensure that a specific sysctl goes to the right filesystem. */
if (strcmp(vc.vc_fstypename, "*") != 0 &&
strcmp(vc.vc_fstypename, mp->mnt_vfc->vfc_name) != 0) {
return (EINVAL);
}
VCTLTOREQ(&vc, req);
return (VFS_SYSCTL(mp, vc.vc_op, req));
}
2004-07-08 06:11:36 +00:00
SYSCTL_PROC(_vfs, OID_AUTO, ctl, CTLFLAG_WR,
NULL, 0, sysctl_vfs_ctl, "", "Sysctl by fsid");
/*
* Function to initialize a va_filerev field sensibly.
* XXX: Wouldn't a random number make a lot more sense ??
*/
u_quad_t
init_va_filerev(void)
{
struct bintime bt;
getbinuptime(&bt);
return (((u_quad_t)bt.sec << 32LL) | (bt.frac >> 32LL));
}